LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #1
How Are You?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 1
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫اﻟﺴــﻼم ﻋــﻠــﻴــﻜــﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬إزﻳـﻚ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫و ﻋــﻠــﻴــﻜــﻢ اﻟﺴــﻼم ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻛــﻮﻳــﺴﺔ ﺷــﻜــﺮاً‪ ،‬و‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫إﻧــﺖ إزﻳـﻚ؟‬

‫اﻟﺤـﻤــﺪ ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻤﺎم‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫إﻧــﺖ ﻣــﺒــﺴﻮط ﻓﻲ ﻣــﺼـﺮ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫أﻳــﻮة‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻣــﺒــﺴﻮط ‪ ،‬ﻣــﺼـﺮ ﺣــﻠــﻮة ﺟـــﺪاً‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﺗــﻤﺎم ‪ ،‬أﺷﻮﻓــﻚ ﺑــﻜــﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣــﻌﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬أﺷـﻮﻓــﻚ ﺑــﻜـﺮة ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴــﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴــﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫اﻟﺴـَّـﻼم ﻋـَـﻠــَﻴـْـﻜـُـﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬إزّﻳـِّﻚ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫و ﻋـَـﻠــَﻴـْـﻜـُـﻢ اﻟﺴـَّـﻼم ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻛـُـﻮَﻳـِّـﺴﺔ ﺷـُـﻜـْـﺮاً‪ ،‬و‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫إﻧـْـﺖ إ زَّﻳـَّﻚ؟‬

‫اﻟﺤـَﻤـْـﺪ ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺗــَﻤﺎم‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫إﻧـْـﺖ ﻣـَـﺒـْـﺴﻮط ﻓﻲ ﻣـَـﺼـْﺮ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #1 - HOW ARE YOU‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ً‫ ﻣـَـﺼـْﺮ ﺣـِـﻠـْـﻮة ﺟــِـﺪا‬، ‫ ﻣـَـﺒـْـﺴﻮط‬،‫أﻳـْـﻮة‬ : ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .5

‫ أﺷﻮﻓــَﻚ ﺑـُـﻜـْـﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣـْـﻌﺔ ؟‬، ‫ﺗــَﻤﺎم‬ : ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .6

‫ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴـَّـﻼﻣﺔ‬، ‫ أﺷـﻮﻓــِﻚ ﺑـُـﻜـْﺮة‬، ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ‬ : ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .7

‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴـَّـﻼﻣﺔ‬ : ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: Es-salamu ʿalīkum yā Hālh. Izzayyik?

2. HĀLH: Wi ʿalīkum Es-salām yā Roland. ʾnā kiwayyish, šukran, wi inta

ʾizzayyak?

3. RŪLĀND: il- ḥamdulilla, tamām.

4. HĀLH: ʾnta mabsūṭ fī maṣr?

5. RŪLĀND: ʾywh ʾnā mabsūṭ. maṣr ḥilwh giddan.

6. HĀLH: tamām ʾšūfak bukrh fī eg- gāmʿh?

7. RŪLĀND: mašī, ʾšūfik bukrh, maʿa ʾis-salāmh

8. HĀLH: maʿa es-salāmh

ENGLISH

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #1 - HOW ARE YOU? 3

1. ROLAND: Peace be upon you, Hala. How are you?

2. HALA: Peace be upon you too, Roland. I'm good, thanks, and how are you?

3. ROLAND: Thanks be to God. I'm fine.

4. HALA: Are you happy in Egypt?

5. ROLAND: Yes, I'm happy. Egypt is very beautiful.

6. HALA: Very well. See you tomorrow at the university?

7. ROLAND: Okay, see you tomorrow. Goodbye.

8. HALA: Goodbye.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

al-salāmu
ʿalaykum / wa peace be upon
‫ و‬/ ‫اﻟﺴﻼم ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
ʿalaykum al- you / and peace phrase
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ اﻟﺴﻼم‬
salām be with you, too

How are you?

‫إزﻳﻚ؟‬ ʾizzayyak? (Egyptian phrase masculine
Arabic)

thanks be to
‫اﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ‬ al-ḥamdu lillāh sentence
God

good (Egyptian
‫ﻛﻮﻳﺲ‬ kwayyis adjective masculine
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #1 - HOW ARE YOU? 4

 good (Egyptian
‫ﻛﻮﻳﺴﺔ‬ kwayyisah Arabic) adjective feminine

well (Egyptian
‫ﺗﻤﺎم‬ tamām adverb
Arabic)

maʿa al-
.‫ﻣـﻊ اﻟﺴـﻼﻣﺔ‬ Goodbye. phrase
salāmah.

see you (for a

‫أﺷﻮﻓﻚ‬ ʾašūfak male) (Egyptian phrase masculine
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

,‫اﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮن ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮن "اﻟﺴﻼم ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ" ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫إزﻳﻚ اﻟﻨﻬﺎردة ؟‬

.‫و ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮن " و ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ اﻟﺴﻼم" ﻋﻨﺪ رد اﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ‬ ʾizzayyak al-nahārdah ?

al-muslimūn yaqūlūn "al-salāmu ʿalaykum" ʿinda al-

How are you today? (Egyptian Arabic)
taḥiyyah, wa yaqūlūn " wa ʿalaykum al-salām" ʿinda
radd al-taḥiyyah.

Muslims say "Peace be upon you" to greet,

and say "and peace be with you, too" to
reply to the greeting.

. ‫ اﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ‬,‫أﻧﺎ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬ . ‫أﻧﺎ ﻛﻮﻳﺲ اﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ‬

ʾnā biḫayr, al-ḥamdu lillāh . ʾnā kwayyis al-ḥamdu lillāh .

I'm fine, thanks be to God. I'm good, thank God. (Egyptian Arabic)

. ‫أﻧﺎ ﻛﻮﻳﺴﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ‬ . ‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم‬

ʾnā kwayyisah al-ḥamdu lillāh . kulluh tamām .

I'm good, thank God. (Egyptian Arabic) Everything is well. (Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #1 - HOW ARE YOU? 5

 . ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ! أﺷﻮﻓﻚ ﺑﻜﺮة‬ . ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ! أﺷﻮﻓﻚ ﺑﻜﺮة‬
maʿa al-salāmah ! ʾašūfak bukrah . maʿa al-salāmah ! ʾašūfak bukrah .

Goodbye! See you tomorrow. (Egyptian Goodbye! See you tomorrow. (Egyptian
Arabic) Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. "Peace be upon you," Es-salamu ʿalīkum yā Hālah

In Arabic, the most common greeting is "Peace be upon you." This is heard every day
throughout the Arabic-speaking world.

In the conversation we had "Peace be upon you, Hala," which in Arabic is Es-salamu ʿalīkum
yā Hālh. We also had "Peace be upon you too, Roland." Wi ʿalīkum Es-salām yā Roland.

There is no difference in this greeting as you hear it, as it doesn’t depend on the gender of the
speaker, which is not the case with other greetings.

2. "I'm happy," ‫أﻧﺎ ﻣـَـﺒـْـﺴﻮط‬

Egyptians are extremely hospitable and will always ask if you're happy in Egypt. So you need
to get familiar with this question and the answer. Which of course is always "Yes, I'm happy."

3. "beautiful," ḥilwah

We heard "Egypt is very beautiful," maṣr ḥilwh giddan. This word is used very frequently as an
adjective like in "Egypt is beautiful," but can also be used many other ways such as "nice,"
"good," and, with some enthusiasm, it can be "excellent!" You'll hear this word in many
situations.

Here it is in the feminine form, but when used in the masculine form, it could mean "dessert,"
and Arabic desserts are brilliant.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is Simple Sentences in Egyptian Arabic.

‫إ َزّ ّﻳَﻚ‬

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #1 - HOW ARE YOU? 6

"How are you?"

In Arabic, there is no equivalent of the present tense of the verb "to be." We can find an
equivalent in past or future tenses when speaking about habits and routine. This might be
confusing, but it's easy to get used to.

When addressing a man or a woman, you use different forms of greetings.

In the dialogue, Roland said izzayyik, while Hala said ʾizzayyak.

So men use the sound -ik, while women use the sound -ak.

Subject Pronouns: I, you (masculine and feminine) and Adjectives

"I" or "I'm" - ‫أﻧﺎ‬

(you", "you are" (male" ‫إﻧــْــﺖ‬

(you," "you are" (female" ‫إﻧــْــﺘﻲ‬

In Arabic, there are two forms for "you": masculine and feminine. This will affect everything
that follows it, so always remember it.

That means when we use an adjective, we will learn it in both the masculine and the feminine
(and the plural when the time comes for it).

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Common Arabic Greetings

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #1 - HOW ARE YOU? 7

In today's lesson, we have talked about the most common form of greetings. This doesn't
mean the other forms are not that common, of course.

When talking to people, you can hear five different greetings ("hello," "how are you," etc.) in
one minute.

While walking, it is also very common that people greet you, say hello, invite you for a drink,
or a small talk, and will want to know your latest news. They often enquire if there is anything
they can do to help, and more, and it all starts from a small greeting of "how are you" or "good
morning."

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #1 - HOW ARE YOU? 8

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #2
Pleased to Meet You!

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
7 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 2
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫـﻼً ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ أﺣــﻤـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣــﺼــﺮ‪ ،‬إﺳــﻤــﻚ اﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻫـﻼً و ﺳـﻬــﻼً أﺣــﻤـَـﺪ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ﻣـﻦ إﻧــﺠـﻠــﺘـﺮا‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣــﻨـﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ إﻧــﺠـﻠــﺘـﺮا ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻣـﻦ ﻟــﻨــﺪن ‪،‬إزاي أﻗـﻮل ‪ the capital‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌـﺮﺑﻲ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫اﻟﻌـﺎﺻـﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬اﻧـﺖ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫أﻳــﻮة‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺑـﺪرس ﻋـﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﻫـﺮة ‪ ،‬و إﻧــﺖ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫أﻧﺎ أﺳــﺘﺎذ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠـﺎﻣـﻌﺔ اﻷﻣـﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓــﺮﺻﺔ ﺳــﻌـﻴﺪة ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫أﻧﺎ أﺳـﻌــﺪ !‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫـْﻼً ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ أﺣـْـﻤـَﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣـِﻦ ﻣـَـﺼـْـﺮ‪ ،‬إﺳـْـﻤـَـﻚ اﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻫـْﻼً و ﺳـَﻬـْـﻼً أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ﻣـِﻦ إﻧـْـﺠـِﻠـْـﺘـِﺮا‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣـِـﻨـﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ إﻧـْـﺠـِﻠـْـﺘـِﺮا ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻣـِﻦ ﻟـَـﻨـْـﺪن ‪،‬إزاي أﻗـﻮل ‪ the capital‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌـَﺮﺑﻲ ؟‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫اﻟﻌـﺎﺻـِﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬اﻧـْﺖَ ﻃﺎﻟـِﺐ ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫!‪NEWBI E S 2 #2 - PLEAS ED T O MEET YOU‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ و إﻧـْـﺖ؟‬، ‫ أﻧﺎ ﻃﺎﻟـِﺐ ﺑ َـﺪْرِس ﻋـَﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﻫـِﺮة‬،‫أﻳـْـﻮة‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

. ‫ ﻓـُـ ﺮْﺻﺔ ﺳـَـﻌـﻴﺪة‬، ‫أﻧﺎ أﺳـْـﺘﺎذ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠـﺎﻣـْﻌﺔ اﻷﻣـْﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬ :‫أﺣﻤﺪ‬ .7

! ‫أﻧﺎ أﺳـْﻌـَـﺪ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. ʾḤMAD: ʾhlan, anā ʾḥmad, min maṣr, ʾismak ʾīh?

2. RŪLĀND: ʾhlan wa sahlan ʾḥmad, anā Rūlānd min ingiltrā.

3. ʾḤMAD: minīn fi ʾingiltrā?

4. RŪLĀND: min landan, izzāy ʾaʾūl “ the Capital” bil ʿarabī?

5. ʾḤMAD: il ʿāṣimh, inta ṭālib?

6. RŪLĀND: ʾaywh, anā ṭālib badris ʿarabī fil-qahirh, wi inta?

7. ʾḤMAD: anā ʾustāḏ fi ig-gamʿh il ʾmrīkiyyh. Furṣh saʿīdh!

8. RŪLĀND: anā ʾsʿad.

ENGLISH

1. AHMED: Hello, I'm Ahmed from Egypt. What's your name?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #2 - PLEAS ED T O MEET YOU! 3

2. ROLAND: Hello, Ahmed. I'm Roland from England.

3. AHMED: Where from in England?

4. ROLAND: From London. How can I say "the capital" in Arabic?

5. AHMED: ("The capital.") Are you a student?

6. ROLAND: Yes, I'm a student studying Arabic in Cairo. And you?

7. AHMED: I'm a professor in the American university. Pleased to meet you.

8. ROLAND: Pleased to meet you too!

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

Nice to meet
you, too. / masculine,
‫أﻧﺎ أﺳـﻌﺪ‬ phrase
ʾnā ʾsʿad Pleased to meet feminine
you, too.

what (Egyptian
‫إﻳﻪ‬ question word
ʾīh Arabic)

where from
‫ﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬ minīn (Egyptian question word
Arabic)

‫ﻣـﻦ‬ min from preposition

‫أﻧـﺎ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ‬ anā ṭālib I'm a student. phrase masculine

masculine,
‫ﺑـﺪرس‬ badris I'm studying. phrase feminine

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #2 - PLEAS ED T O MEET YOU! 4

 ‫و‬ wa and conjunction

‫أﻧﺎ أﺳــﺘﺎذ‬ ʾnā ʾustāḏ I'm a professor. phrase masculine

university
‫ﺟﺎﻣـﻌﺔ‬ gāmʿah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

Nice to meet
you. / Pleased masculine,
‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺳﻌﻴﺪة‬ Furṣah saʿīdah phrase
to meet you. feminine

you are
‫إﻧــﺖ‬ ʾinta (Egyptian subject pronoun masculine
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫أﻧﺎ أﺳﻌﺪ ﻳﺎ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫إﺳﻤﻚ إﻳﻪ ؟‬

ʾnā ʾsʿad yā ʾḥmad . ʾismak ʾīh ?

Nice to meet you, too, Ahmed. What is your name? (Egyptian Arabic)

‫ﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ؟‬ ‫أﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻧﺠﻠﺘﺮا‬

minīn huwwa ? anā min ingiltrā

Where is he from? (Egyptian Arabic) I'm from England.

‫أﻧﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق‬ ‫أﻧﺎ ﺑﺪرس ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬

ʾanā ṭālib fī kulliyyit el-ḥuʾūʾ ʾnā badris ʿarabī

I'm a student at law university. (Egyptian I'm studying Arabic. ( Egyptian Arabic )
Arabic)

. ‫ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ‬,‫و أﻧﺎ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫أﻧﺎ أﺳﺘﺎذ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‬

wa ʾnā biḫayr, ʾyḍan . ʾnā ʾustāḏ fī gāmʿit el-qāhirah

And I'm fine, too. I'm a professor at Cairo University.

(Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #2 - PLEAS ED T O MEET YOU! 5

 .‫أﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬ .‫ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺳﻌﻴﺪة‬, ‫أﻧﺎ أﺣﻤﺪ‬
ʾanā fī al-ǧāmiʿah. ʾnā ʾḥmad , furṣah saʿīdah.

I'm at university. (Egyptian Arabic) I'm Ahmed, nice to meet you.

‫أﻧــﺖ ﻃـﺎﻟـﺐ ؟‬
ʾinta ṭālib ?

Are you a student? (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. "I'm Ahmed," ‫أﻧﺎ أﺣﻤﺪ‬

Our first phrase is "I'm Ahmed," ‫ أﻧﺎ أﺣﻤﺪ‬, very easy to introduce yourself to others, also to
express your current mood (tired, happy...), because "I" is the same as "I'm." Also, as I'm sure
you noticed, people will come to you, introduce themselves, and wait for you to do the same.
It's common as well to ask few questions about what you're doing here and for how long you
have been here and so on, all within the first few minutes, which is always

2. "Pleased to meet you," Furṣh saʿīdh

Our next phrase is "pleased to meet you," Furṣh saʿīdh, this literally means "happy chance."
So that is "happy" or "lucky to meet you," a beautiful way to let people know how happy you
are meeting them! It's often said after you have been introduced to someone, you would say
your name, and "pleased to meet you." Or, after you have talked with people, right at the end,
but you can say it in both situations!

3. "I'm happier," anā ʾsʿad

And to our next phrase... How to respond to such friendly words, so after hearing Furṣh saʿīdh,
your response would be anā ʾsʿad. Literally meaning, "I'm happier," because you have said
"happy" or "lucky chance" before, so the response is "I'm happier" or "luckier to have met you",
of course. It's an important phrase, as you will be hearing it nearly all the time when meeting
people.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #2 - PLEAS ED T O MEET YOU! 6

One last tip, your response can be either anā ʾsʿad or Furṣh saʿīdh. We use both, so feel free to
use both of them!

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is That There Is No Verb "to be"

‫اﻧ ـْ ﺖَ ﻃﺎﻟ ـِﺐ ؟‬
"Are you a student?"

Because there is no verb "to be" in Arabic, to form questions without using question words,
such as "do," "did," or "does," all you need to do is change the intonation of your voice. That's
what makes a difference between a sentence and a question.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Meeting for the First Time

When we meet someone for the first time, it's very common to ask a few questions. Some of
them might seem too personal, but for us it's very normal, and we see no harm in it.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #2 - PLEAS ED T O MEET YOU! 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #3
I Want a Room!

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
4 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 3
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫـْﻼً و ﺳـَﻬـْﻼً‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻫـْﻼً‪ ،‬ﻟـَﻮْ ﺳـَﻤـَﺤـْﺘﻲ أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـِـﺰ أوﺿﺔ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﺿِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎم ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أرْﺑـَﻌﺔ ﺑـَﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺑـِﻜﺎم اﻟﻠـّﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺑـِـﻤـِﻴـّﺔ و ﺧـَﻤـْﺴـﻴﻦ ﺟـِﻨﻴﻪ ) ‪( 150‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣـِـﻴـّﺔ و ﺧـَﻤـْﺴﻴﻦ ﺟـِـﻨﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛـُـﻮَﻳـِّـﺲ ‪ ،‬أرﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺘﻲ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﺿِﺮ ‪ ،‬دﻗـﻴــﻘﺔ واﺣـْـﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫـْﻼً و ﺳـَﻬـْﻼً‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻫـْﻼً‪ ،‬ﻟـَﻮْ ﺳـَﻤـَﺤـْﺘﻲ أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـِـﺰ أوﺿﺔ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﺿِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎم ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أرْﺑـَﻌﺔ ﺑـَﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺑـِﻜﺎم اﻟﻠـّﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺑـِـﻤـِﻴـّﺔ و ﺧـَﻤـْﺴـﻴﻦ ﺟـِﻨﻴﻪ ) ‪( 150‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣـِـﻴـّﺔ و ﺧـَﻤـْﺴﻴﻦ ﺟـِـﻨﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛـُـﻮَﻳـِّـﺲ ‪ ،‬أرﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺘﻲ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫!‪NEWBI E S 2 #3 - I WANT A ROOM‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ دﻗـﻴــﻘﺔ واﺣـْـﺪة‬، ‫ﺣﺎﺿِﺮ‬ :‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‬ .7

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: ʾhlan wa sahlan

2. RŪLĀND: ʾhlan, law samaḥtī ʾnā ʿayiz ʾuḍh.

3. IL MUWAẒ AFH: ḥadir, kām līlh?

4. RŪLĀND: ʾrbaʿh bas, bikām illīlh?

5. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: bi miyyh wi ḫamsīn ginīh (150).

6. RŪLĀND: bi miyyh wi ḫamsīn ginīh, kuwayyis, ʾrbaʿh law samaḥtī

7. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: ḥāḍir, diʾīʾh waḥdh

ENGLISH

1. EMPLOYEE: Hello.

2. ROLAND: Hello, excuse me. I want a room.

3. EMPLOYEE: Yes sir, how many nights?

4. ROLAND: Only four. How much is one night?

5. EMPLOYEE: For one night, 150 pounds.

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #3 - I WANT A ROOM! 3

6. ROLAND: 150 pounds. Good, four if you please.

7. EMPLOYEE: Sure, one minute please.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫اﻟﻔﻨﺪق‬ al-funduq the hotel noun masculine

I want (Egyptian
‫ﻋﺎﻳﺰ‬ phrase masculine
ʿāyiz Arabic)

I want (Egyptian
‫ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰة‬ participle feminine
ʿayzah Arabic)

a room
‫أوﺿﺔ‬ ʾūḍah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﻛﺎم‬ kām how many question word

how much
‫ﺑـِﻜﺎم‬ bikām (Egyptian question word
Arabic)

the night
‫اﻟﻠـّﻴﻠﺔ‬ el-līlah (Egyptian phrase feminine
Arabic)

one hundred
‫ﻣﻴﺔ و ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ‬ miyyah wi and fifty pounds
(Egyptian phrase
‫ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬ ḫamsīn ginīh
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #3 - I WANT A ROOM! 4

 .‫اﻟﻔﻨﺪق ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﻔﻨﺪق ﻛﻮﻳﺲ‬
al-funduq kabīr. el-funduʾ kwayyis

The hotel is big (standard Arabic) The hotel is good. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﻋﺎﻳﺰ أوﺿﺔ‬ .‫ﻋﺎﻳﺰة أوﺿﺔ‬

ʿāyiz ʾūḍah. ʿāyzah ʾūḍah.

I want a room. (Egyptian Arabic) I want a room. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻷوﺿﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة و رﺧﻴﺼﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺎم ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬

el-ʾūḍah kibīrah wa riḫīṣah. kām līlah?

The room is big and cheap. (Egyptian How many nights? (Egyptian Arabic)
Arabic)

‫ﺑﻜﺎم اﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎم اﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬

bikām el-līlah? bikām el-līlah?

How much is one night? (Egyptian Arabic) How much is one night? (Egyptian Arabic)

‫ﻣـﻴـﺔ و ﺧـﻤـﺴـﻴﻦ ﺟـﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺮي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮوا إﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ؟‬

miyyah wi ḫamsīn ginīh maṣrī biyištirū ʾīh fī maṣr?

What can 150 Egyptian pounds buy in Egypt? (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. "please," "if you don’t mind," "if it’s possible," law samaḥtī

Two small words with an intensive meaning, as it's very common to use when asking for
something or ordering in a restaurant. Also, when you're walking on the street and want to say
"excuse me," or "pardon," you can use this word!

2. bas

A simple word that has three very important meanings. The first one is "but," and it shares
another word with the same meaning. You can use either without problem. The second is

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #3 - I WANT A ROOM! 5

"enough," and just like the first case, it shares the same meaning with another word. People
use both all the time. The third, and most important is "only," and unlike the first two, it's the
word that holds that meaning. There is a good amount of luck here, as there is no indicator to
which is what. It will depend on the sentence and the general meaning.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is That There Is No Indefinite Article in Arabic and Using "how
many"
‫ﻋﺎ ﻳ ـِـ ﺰ أوﺿﺔ‬
"I want a room."

There is no indefinite article in Arabic; therefore, using a noun without a definite article ‫اﻟــ‬
makes it indefinite.

Using "how many"

‫ﻛــﺎم ﻟـﻴـﻠﺔ‬
"How many nights?"

When starting a question with the words "how many," a singular noun that functions as a
plural noun always follows.

As used in the example above, first we have "how many" followed by "night." In this case, the
meaning is "how many nights."

This is a rule that only applies to "how many."

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Pricing in and Arabic Country

When going to an Arabic country and especially Egypt, you will find a big difference in the
prices offered to foreigners and the prices offered to Egyptians or even Arabic people. This is
because of the different living standards we have. What might seem like a lot here can be
normal or even good for foreigners. Some people may think they are being robbed or being
treated dishonestly, but that is not the case. It's just viewed differently.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #3 - I WANT A ROOM! 6

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #4
Is There Breakfast and Lunch?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 4
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓـِﻄﺎر و ﻏـَﺪا ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻳـْﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓـِﻄﺎر ‪ ،‬ﻟـﻜـِﻦ ﻣـَـﻔـﻴﺶ ﻏـَﺪا‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻛـُﻮَﻳـِّﺲ ﻗـَـﻮي‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰة ﺟـَﻮاز اﻟﺴـَّـﻔـَﺮ ﻟـَﻮ ﺳـَﻤـَﺤـْﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫إﺗـْـﻔـَﻀَّﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤـُـﻔـْـﺘﺎح ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫إﺗـْـﻔـَـﻀـَّﻞ اﻟﻤـُـﻔـْـﺘﺎح ‪ ،‬و ﺟـَﻮاز اﻟﺴـَّـﻔـَـﺮ ﻛـَـﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬أﺟـﺎزة ﺳـَـﻌﻴﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﺷـُـﻜـْـﺮاً ‪ ،‬ﻣـَﻊ اﻟﺴـَّـﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓـِﻄﺎر و ﻏـَﺪا ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻳـْﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓـِﻄﺎر ‪ ،‬ﻟـﻜـِﻦ ﻣـَـﻔـﻴﺶ ﻏـَﺪا‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻛـُﻮَﻳـِّﺲ ﻗـَـﻮي‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰة ﺟـَﻮاز اﻟﺴـَّـﻔـَﺮ ﻟـَﻮ ﺳـَﻤـَﺤـْﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫إﺗـْـﻔـَﻀَّﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤـُـﻔـْـﺘﺎح ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫إﺗـْـﻔـَـﻀـَّﻞ اﻟﻤـُـﻔـْـﺘﺎح ‪ ،‬و ﺟـَﻮاز اﻟﺴـَّـﻔـَـﺮ ﻛـَـﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬أﺟـﺎزة ﺳـَـﻌﻴﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤـُﻮَﻇـَـﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #4 - I S T HERE BREAKFAS T AND LUNCH‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ ﻣـَﻊ اﻟﺴـَّـﻼﻣﺔ‬، ً‫ﺷـُـﻜـْـﺮا‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .7

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: law samaḥtī, fīh fiṭār we ġadā?

2. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: ʾywh fīh fiṭār lakin mafīš ġadā.

3. RŪLĀND: māšī, kiways ʾwi.

4. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: ʿayzh gawāz is-safar law samaḥt.

5. RŪLĀND: itfaḍḍalī, il muftāḥ fīn?

6. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: itfaḍḍal il muftāḥ, we gawāz is-safar kamān, ʾgʾzh saʿīdh.

7. RŪLĀND: šukrān, maʿa is-salāmh

ENGLISH

1. ROLAND: Excuse me, is there breakfast and lunch?

2. EMPLOYEE: Yes, there is breakfast, but there is no lunch.

3. ROLAND: Okay, very good.

4. EMPLOYEE: I want [need] the passport, please.

5. ROLAND: Here it is. Where is the key?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #4 - I S T HERE BREAKFAS T AND LUNCH? 3

6. EMPLOYEE: Here is the key and the passport also. Have a good vacation.

7. ROLAND: Thanks. Bye.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

breakfast
‫ﻓـِﻄﺎر‬ fiṭār (Egyptian noun masculine
Arabic)

lunch (Egyptian
‫ﻏــَـﺪا‬ ġadān noun masculine
Arabic)

the passport
‫ﺟﻮاز اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬ gawāz is-safar (Egyptian phrase masculine
Arabic)

also, as well
‫ﻛــﻤﺎن‬ kamān (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

enjoy your
vacation
‫أﺟﺎزة ﺳـَـﻌﻴﺪة‬ ʾagāzah saʿīdah phrase
(Egyptian
Arabic)

where is
‫ﻓﻴﻦ‬ fīn (Egyptian question word
Arabic)

is there, there is
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‬ fīh (Egyptian preposition
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #4 - I S T HERE BREAKFAS T AND LUNCH? 4

 isn't there, there
‫ﻣﻔﻴﺶ‬ isn't (Egyptian
mafīš phrase
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻄﺎر ؟‬ .‫ﻣﻔﻴﺶ ﻏﺪا‬

fīh fiṭār ? mafīš ġadā.

Is there breakfast? (Egyptian Arabic) There is no lunch. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫إﺗــﻔــﻀـﻞ ﺟﻮاز اﻟﺴـﻔـﺮ‬ .‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻄﺎر و ﻏﺪا ﻛﻤﺎن‬

ʾitfaḍḍal gawāz is-safar. fīh fiṭār wi ġadā kamān.

Here is the passport. (Egyptian Arabic) There is breakfast and lunch as well (also
lunch). (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﻧﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻗﻀﺎء إﺟﺎزة ﺳﻌﻴﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬

natamannā lakum qaḍāʾ ʾiǧāzah saʿīdah. el muftāḥ fīn?

We hope you enjoy your vacation. Where is the key? (Egyptian Arabic)

‫ﻓﻴﻪ رﻗﻢ ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻴﺶ رﻗﻢ ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬

fīh raqam tānī ? mafīš raqam tānī ?

Is there another number? (Egyptian Arabic) Isn't there another number? (Egyptian
Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

‫ ﻟـﻜ ـِﻦ ﻣ ـَـ ﻔـﻴﺶ ﻏ ـَﺪ ا‬، ‫ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓ ـِﻄﺎ ر‬.1

It's very easy to get more information about things or places. To do so, we use the simple "is
there," which we translate as "there is" as well. This phrase is very effective, and you will use it
in many situations. As we have mentioned before, there is no verb "to be" in Arabic; therefore,
raising the intonation will form the question. If we do not raise the intonation, it becomes a

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #4 - I S T HERE BREAKFAS T AND LUNCH? 5

statement, "There is." The same applies to the second part of the phrase "there isn't."
Changing the intonation of your voice here will make it "isn't there?"

2. itfaḍḍal and itfaḍḍalī

Itfaḍḍal and itfaḍḍalī are two extremely important words, in both masculine and feminine
forms. As we saw in the conversation, it was used as "here you are," in a polite and very
professional way. But we also use it in other situations. If, for example, you're inviting
someone in, you can say itfaḍḍal. You can also use it when inviting someone to join you for a
drink or something to eat. If you're telling someone to sit ("please have a seat"), you just use
itfaḍḍal. Also, if a person is asking for something that takes the form of a request ("can I
speak," "may I leave…"), and you approve, you will just say itfaḍḍalī. Finally, in a brief but very
important situation, such as giving money to a cashier or waitress, it is very polite and friendly.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson Is Using "is there" and "there isn't"
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓ ـِﻄﺎ ر و ﻏ ـَﺪ ا‬
"Is there breakfast and lunch?"

Because the verb "to be" doesn't exist and isn't used in this case, we can use the same word
for both a question and a statement. The same applies to the negated form.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Paying the Price in Egypt

Most hotels will ask you to pay in foreign currency, euros or dollars. Very few three- or four-
star hotels or hostels will give you the price in Egyptian pounds. They do this to help tourists
better judge the price and make a good decision. It is not a problem if you only have Egyptian
pounds; they will give you the equivalent in that currency and tell you the price in your own as
well. It's sometimes better to have a travel agency help you find a hotel that matches your
budget and meets your needs.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #4 - I S T HERE BREAKFAS T AND LUNCH? 6

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #5
Do You Have a Cell Phone?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
7 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 5
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟـﻮ ﺳـﻤـﺤــﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰة أﻋـﻤـﻞ ﻛﺎرﻧﻴﻪ اﻟﺠﺎﻣـﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳـﺰة اﻟﺒــﻄـﺎﻗـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋــﻨــﺪك ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳـﻞ ‪ ،‬و ﺗــﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫أﻳــﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻋــﻨــﺪي‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻣـﻤــﻜﻦ اﻟﺮﻗــﻢ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻃـﺒـﻌﺎً ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻮﺑﺎﻳـﻞ ) زﻳﺮو ‪ ،‬واﺣـﺪ ‪ ،‬زﻳﺮو ‪ ،‬ﺧــﻤـﺴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻤــﻨــﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺘـﺔ (‬

‫) ‪( 0105323836‬‬

‫ﻳـﻌــﻨﻲ ) زﻳﺮو – ﻋــﺸــﺮة ‪ -‬ﺧــﻤـﺴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ ‪ ،‬إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻤــﻨــﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺘـﺔ (‬

‫أﻳــﻮة ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎم‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟـَﻮ ﺳـَﻤـَﺤـْـﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰة أﻋـْﻤـِﻞ ﻛﺎرﻧﻴﻪ اﻟﺠﺎﻣـْﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰة اﻟﺒـِـﻄـﺎﻗـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪِك ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳـْﻞ ‪ ،‬و ﺗـِـﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫أﻳـْـﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪي‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻣـُﻤـْـﻜِﻦ اﻟ ﺮَّﻗــَﻢ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #5 - DO YOU HAVE A CELL PHONE‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ، ‫ ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬، ‫ ﺧـَـﻤـْﺴﺔ‬، ‫ زﻳﺮو‬، ‫ واﺣـِﺪ‬، ‫ اﻟﻤﻮﺑﺎﻳـْﻞ ) زﻳﺮو‬، ‫ﻃـَﺒـْﻌ ًﺎ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .5

( ‫ ﺳـِﺘـّﺔ‬، ‫ ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬، ‫ ﺗـَـﻤـَـﻨـْـﻴﺔ‬، ‫ ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬، ‫إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ‬

( 0105323836 )

، ‫ إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ‬، ‫ ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬، ‫ ﺧـَـﻤـْﺴﺔ‬- ‫ﻳـَﻌـْـﻨﻲ ) زﻳﺮو – ﻋـَـﺸـَـﺮة‬ :‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‬ .6

( ‫ ﺳـِﺘـّﺔ‬، ‫ ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬، ‫ ﺗـَـﻤـَـﻨـْـﻴﺔ‬، ‫ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬

‫ ﺗﻤﺎم‬، ‫أﻳـْـﻮة‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .7

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLH: law samaḥti,ʿnā ʿayzh ʾʿmil kārnīh ig-gāmʿh

2. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: māšī, ʿayzh il biṭaʾh, ʿandik mūbāyl, we tilīfūn fi il bīt?

3. HĀLH: ʾywh ʿandī.

4. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: mumkin ir-raqam?

5. HĀLH: tabʿān, il mūbāyl (( 0105323836 ) zirū- wāḥid- zirū- ḫamsh- talāth-ʿ

itnīn- talāth- tamanyh- talāth- sitth.

6. IL MUWAẒ Ẓ AFH: yaʿnī (zirū- ʿašarh- ḫamsh- talāth- ʿitnīn- talāth- tamanyh- talāth- sitth.

7. HĀLH: ʾywh , tamām

ENGLISH

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #5 - DO YOU HAVE A CELL PHONE? 3

1. HALA: Excuse me. I want to make a card for the University.

2. EMPLOYEE: Okay, I want your ID. Do you have a cell phone [asking for the
number], and a phone at home?

3. HALA: Yes, I have both.

4. EMPLOYEE: Can I have the number?

5. HALA: Sure, the cell phone is 0105323836.

6. EMPLOYEE: So that’s 0105323836.

7. HALA: Yes, correct.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

I have (Egyptian
‫ﻋـﻨـﺪي‬ phrase first person
ʿandī Arabic)

‫ﺧـﻤـﺴﺔ‬ ḫamsah five number

eight (Egyptian
‫ﺗــﻤـﻨـﻴﺔ‬ tamanyah number
Arabic)

nine (Egyptian
‫ﺗـﺴـﻌﺔ‬ tisʿah number
Arabic)

three (Egyptian
‫ﺗﻼﺗﺔ‬ talātah number
Arabic)

two (Egyptian
‫إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ‬ itnīn number
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #5 - DO YOU HAVE A CELL PHONE? 4

 ‫واﺣـﺪ‬ wāḥid one number

zero (Egyptian
( ‫ﺻـﻔـﺮ ) زﻳﺮو‬ ṣifr (zirū) number
Arabic)

‫رﻗـﻢ‬ raqam number noun masculine

‫ﺑﻴﺖ‬ bayt house noun masculine

can, may,
possible
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬ mumkin (Egyptian
Arabic)

you have
‫ﻋﻨﺪك‬ ʿandik (Egyptian phrase feminine
Arabic)

‫ﺳـﺘﺔ‬ sittah six number

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫ﻋﻨﺪي درس ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻘﺔ رﻗﻢ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ‬

ʿandī dars ʿarabī. ʾnā sākin fī šaqqah raqam ḫamsah.

I have an Arabic lesson. (Egyptian Arabic) I live in apartment number five. (Egyptian
Arabic)

.‫أرﺑﻌﺔ وأرﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﺴﺎوا ﺗﻤﻨﻴﺔ‬ .‫إﺳﺘﻨﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ‬

ʾarbaʿah w ʾarbaʿah biysāwū tamanyah. ʾistannānī el-sāʿah tisʿah.

4 plus 4 equals 8. (Egyptian Arabic) Wait for me at 9. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﻫﻨﺮوح إﺣﻨﺎ اﻟﺘﻼﺗﺔ‬ .‫ﻋﺎوز إﺗﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮن‬

hanrūḥ ʾiḥnā el-talātah. ʿāwiz ʾitnīn min kull lūn.

The three of us will go. (Egyptian Arabic) I need two of each color. (Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #5 - DO YOU HAVE A CELL PHONE? 5

 .‫أﺣﺘﺎج ﻟﻘﻠﻢ واﺣﺪ‬ .‫رﻗﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺒﺪأ ﺑﺼﻔﺮ‬
ʾaḥtāǧu liqalam wāḥid. raqamī biyibdaʾ biṣifr.

I need one pen. My number starts with zero. (Egyptian

Arabic)

.‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﺰ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫أﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ؟‬

miš ʿāyiz raqam el-bīt. ʾaīna yaqaʿu al-baytu?

I don't want the home number. (Egyptian Where is the house? (formal Arabic)
Arabic)

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ؟‬

el bīt fīn ? mumkin el-raqam ?

Where is the house? (Egyptian Arabic) Can I have the number? (Egyptian Arabic)

‫ﻋــﻨــﺪك وﻗـﺖ ؟‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﺰة ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ دول‬

ʿandik waʾt ? ʾnā ʿāyzah sittah min dūl.

Do you have time? (Egyptian Arabic) I would like six of these. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

‫ ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْـ ﺪِك ﻣﻮﺑﺎ ﻳ ـْﻞ‬.1

When asking for someone’s phone number, sometimes we say, "Do you have a phone?" and
that indicates the number of the phone. It's the same thing with a cell number; we ask if you
have a cell phone! We might get a nice surprise every once in a while when a person
responds by saying, "No, I don’t have a cell phone. I don’t like them!"

‫ ﻳ ﻌﻨ ﻲ‬.2

This means "it means," or "I mean," and in many cases and situations, you will hear it in the
middle of the sentence, or at the start and end. We might repeat it a hundred times, with no
specific meaning; it’s just a habit we have while talking.

‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻢ ؟‬.3

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #5 - DO YOU HAVE A CELL PHONE? 6

This literally means "possible the number," which is another way of asking for a phone
number. The use of mumkin is very important, as we use it in many situations and with
different meanings; for example, it means "possible," "possibility," "can," "may," "might." To say
a simple sentence like mumkin irraqam is to say, "May I have the number?", so here it
functions as "may I," a polite request form.

GRAMMAR

The focus of this lesson is using the verb "to have"

‫ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْـ ﺪِك ﻣـﻮﺑـﺎ ﻳ ـْﻞ‬
"Do you have a cell phone?"

In Arabic, the verb "to have" is a one-case verb, which means it has a special form.
Furthermore, since in Arabic the verb "to be" is not used, the verb "to have" can be used in a
statement or question just by changing the intonation.

To form "I have," we add ee at the end of ‫ ﻋﻨﺪ‬, so it will be ‫ﻋﻨﺪي‬.

To form "you have" we will add the ik sound at the end of ‫ﻋﻨﺪ‬, which will make it ‫ ﻋﻨﺪِك‬, and that
is when addressing a female.

To address a male, we will add the ak sound at the end of ‫ﻋﻨﺪ‬, and that will give us ‫ﻋﻨﺪَك‬.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Digits, Please? Getting and Giving Phone Numbers in Egypt

When asking people for their number, we say, "Do you have a phone?" or, "Do you have a
cell phone?" Some people may think we are asking for the object itself, but we are actually
asking for the number.

That's why we wait after we say "yes," to hear the number, or to hear "No, sorry, I don't have it."

We also use "Do you have a phone or a cell phone number? It depends on the person
speaking, but in case you ever encounter this situation, remember, "Do you have a phone?" is

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #5 - DO YOU HAVE A CELL PHONE? 7

asking for your number!

Do you remember how to say it in Arabic?

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #5 - DO YOU HAVE A CELL PHONE? 8

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #6
Do You Have Another Phone
Number?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 6
COPYRIGHT © 2015 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣــﻤــﻜــﻦ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﻮن اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤـﻮﻇــﻔـﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺗـﻠﻴﻔﻮن اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ) إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺘـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻤــﻨــﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧــﻤـﺴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﺳـﺒــﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗــﺴـﻌﺔ ‪،‬أرﺑــﻌﺔ ( ) ‪( 26852794‬‬

‫) إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺘـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻤــﻨــﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧــﻤـﺴﺔ‪ ،‬إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﺳـﺒــﻌﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤـﻮﻇــﻔـﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﺗــﺴـﻌﺔ ‪،‬أرﺑــﻌﺔ ( ) ‪ ، ( 26852794‬ﻋــﻨـﺪك ﺗـﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬

‫ﻷ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻌــﻨـﺪﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳـﻞ أو ﺗـﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﻟﻠﺠـﺎﻣﻌﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻣـﻔﻴﺶ ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳـﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟـﻜـﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗـﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﻟﻠﻤـﻜــﺘـﺐ ‪ ) ،‬ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤـﻮﻇــﻔـﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﺧــﻤـﺴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗــﺴـﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬أرﺑــﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺒــﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺘـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗــﻤــﻨــﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ( )‪(35947683‬‬

‫ﺷــﻜـﺮاً‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻋـﻔـﻮاً‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣـُـﻤـْـﻜـِـﻦ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﻮن اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ُـﻮَﻇـَّـﻔـﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺗـِﻠﻴﻔﻮن اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ) إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺳـِﺘـّﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗـَـﻤـَـﻨـْـﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧـَـﻤـْﺴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﺳـَﺒـْـﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗـِـﺴـْﻌﺔ ‪،‬أرْﺑـَـﻌﺔ ( ) ‪( 26852794‬‬

‫) إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺳـِﺘـّﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺗـَـﻤـَـﻨـْـﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧـَـﻤـْﺴﺔ‪ ،‬إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﺳـَﺒـْـﻌﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ُـﻮَﻇـَّـﻔـﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﺗـِـﺴـْﻌﺔ ‪،‬أرْﺑـَـﻌﺔ ( ) ‪ ، ( 26852794‬ﻋـَـﻨ ْـﺪِك ﺗـِﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #6 - DO YOU HAVE ANOT HER PHONE NUMBER‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
 ‫ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳـْﻞ أو ﺗـِﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﻟﻠﺠـﺎﻣْﻌﺔ ؟‬،‫ ﻣـَﻌـَـﻨـْﺪﻳﺶ‬، ‫ﻷ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .4

،‫ ) ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬، ‫ ﻟـﻜـِﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗـِﻠﻴﻔﻮن ﻟﻠﻤـَﻜـْـﺘـَﺐ‬،‫ﻣـَﻔﻴﺶ ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳـْﻞ‬ :‫اﻟﻤ ُـﻮَﻇـَّـﻔـﺔ‬ .5

، ‫ ﺗـَـﻤـَـﻨـْـﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﺳـِﺘـّﺔ‬،‫ ﺳـَﺒـْـﻌﺔ‬، ‫ أرْﺑـَـﻌﺔ‬، ‫ ﺗـِـﺴـْﻌﺔ‬، ‫ﺧـَـﻤـْﺴﺔ‬

(35947683) (‫ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ‬

ً‫ﺷـُـﻜـْﺮا‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .6

ً‫ﻋـَﻔـْﻮا‬ :‫اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﺔ‬ .7

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. IL mumkin tilīfūn il bīt?

MUWAẒ Ẓ AFAH:

2. HĀLAH: tilīfūn il bīt ( 26852794 ) itnīn- sitth- tamanyh- ḫamsh- itnīn- sabaʿh-
tisʿh- arbaʿh.

3. IL itnīn- sitth- tamanyh- ḫamsh- itnīn- sabaʿh- tisʿh- arbaʿh. ʿandik tilīfūn
MUWAẒ Ẓ AFAH: tānī?

4. HĀLAH: laʾ maʿandīš, fīh mūbāyl aw tilīfūn ligamʿh ?

5. IL mafīš mūbāyl ,lakin fīh tilīfūn lil-maktab, (35947683) talāth- ḫamsa-

MUWAẒ Ẓ AFAH: tisʿa- arbaʿa- sabaʿa- sitta- tamanya- talāta

6. HĀLAH: šukran

7. IL ʿafwan
MUWAẒ Ẓ AFAH:

ENGLISH CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #6 - DO YOU HAVE ANOT HER PHONE NUMBER? 3

1. EMPLOYEE: Can I have the home number?

2. HALA: The number for the house is 26852794.

3. EMPLOYEE: 26852794. Do you have another phone?

4. HALA: No, I don’t. Is there a cell number or phone number for the
University?

5. EMPLOYEE: There is no cell number, but there is a number for the office:
35947683.

6. HALA: Thank you.

7. EMPLOYEE: You’re welcome.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫ﺳـﺘﺔ‬ sittah six number

nine (Egyptian
‫ﺗـﺴـﻌﺔ‬ tisʿah number
Arabic)

‫ﺳـﺒــﻌﺔ‬ sabʿah seven number

I don't have
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺪﻳﺶ )ﻣﺶ‬ maʿandīš ( miš (Egyptian phrase first person
(‫ﻋﻨﺪي‬ ʿandī ) Arabic)

you have
‫ﻋﻨﺪك‬ ʿandik (Egyptian phrase feminine
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #6 - DO YOU HAVE ANOT HER PHONE NUMBER? 4

 isn't there, there
‫ﻣﻔﻴﺶ‬ isn't (Egyptian
mafīš phrase
Arabic)

is there, there is
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‬ fīh (Egyptian preposition None
Arabic)

‫ﺑﻴﺖ‬ bayt house noun masculine

university
‫ﺟﺎﻣـﻌﺔ‬ gāmʿah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﺧﻤﺴﺔ‬ ḫamsah five noun

eight (Egyptian
‫ﺗــﻤـﻨـﻴﺔ‬ tamanyah number
Arabic)

‫أرﺑــﻌﺔ‬ ʿrbaʿah four number

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﺰة ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ دول‬ .‫إﺳﺘﻨﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ‬

ʾnā ʿāyzah sittah min dūl. ʾistannānī el-sāʿah tisʿah.

I would like six of these. (Egyptian Arabic) Wait for me at 9. (Egyptian Arabic)

. ‫أﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻘﺔ رﻗﻢ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬ .‫ﻣﻌﻨﺪﻳﺶ ﻓﻠﻮس‬

ʾnā sākin fī šaʾʾah raqam sabʿah . maʿandīš fulus.

I live in apartment number 7. (Egyptian I don't have money. (Egyptian Arabic)

Arabic)

‫ﻋــﻨــﺪك وﻗـﺖ ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻴﺶ رﻗﻢ ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬

ʿandik waʾt ? mafīš raqam tānī ?

Do you have time? (Egyptian Arabic) Isn't there another number? (Egyptian
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #6 - DO YOU HAVE ANOT HER PHONE NUMBER? 5

 ‫ﻓﻴﻪ رﻗﻢ ﺗﺎﻧﻲ؟‬ ‫أﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ؟‬
fīh raqam tānī ? ʾaīna yaqaʿu al-baytu?

Is there another number? (Egyptian Arabic) Where is the house? (formal Arabic)

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬

el bīt fīn ? ʾanā fī al-ǧāmiʿah.

Where is the house? (Egyptian Arabic) I'm at university. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ آﻻف ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬ .‫أرﺑﻌﺔ وأرﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﺴﺎوا ﺗﻤﻨﻴﺔ‬

yūǧad ḫamsat ʾālāf ṭālib fī al-ǧāmiʿah. ʾarbaʿah w ʾarbaʿah biysāwū tamanyah.

There are 5000 students at the university. 4 plus 4 equals 8. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫أﻧﺎ و أﺣﻤَﺪ ذﻫﺒﻨﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬

ʾanā wa ʾaḥmad ḏahbnā ʾilā al-sīnimā.

Me and Ahmed went to the cinema.

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺑﺎ ﻳ ـْﻞ أو ﺗ ـِﻠﻴ ﻔﻮن ﻟﻠﺠـﺎ ﻣْ ﻌﺔ؟‬

Using "is there" and/or

‫ﻣ ـَ ﻌ ـَـﻨ ـْﺪ ﻳﺶ‬

This is one of two ways to express "I don’t have." It is very popular as well , and it shows that
you don’t just speak the language, you also understand its tricks.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is Using the Verb "to have," Saying "I have," and "I don't
have"
‫ﻣ ـَ ﻌ ـَـﻨ ـْﺪ ﻳﺶ‬
"I don't have"

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #6 - DO YOU HAVE ANOT HER PHONE NUMBER? 6

In Arabic, we have two different ways of saying "I don't have." The first one is to use the
negation word ( ‫) ﻣﺶ‬, so it will be ( ‫) ﻣﺶ ﻋﻨﺪي‬. The second one is to break it, so we will take the
( ‫) ﻣــ‬, attach it at the beginning, then take ( ‫) ــش‬, and attach it at the end, which will give us
( ‫) ﻣﻌﻨﺪﻳﺶ‬. Both are correct, but the second is more popular.

You can use ( ‫ ) ﻣﺶ‬to negate basically anything and everything: nouns, adjectives,
prepositions, verbs in all tenses, so it can be considered a "super word"!

Verb "to have" - "you" (feminine)

‫ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْ ﺪِك ﺗ ـِﻠﻴ ﻔﻮن ﺗﺎﻧ ﻲ؟‬

"Do you have another phone?"

As we practiced before, to form "you have" for a female, we add the ik sound at the end of ( ‫ﻋﻨﺪ‬
).

CULTURAL INSIGHT

That's Kind of Personal, Isn't It? How to Deal With Egyptian Friendliness

Even when dealing with someone on formal basis, after few minutes, you will notice people
becoming more friendly toward you, speaking in a less formal way, joking, and in some
cases, asking what might seem to you personal questions. It happens very automatically, and
most people don't even realize the cultural difference, as this is accepted and expected for us,
so don't worry about it. Just smile while answering or trying to avoid the answer!

Not to worry, they will all be general questions!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #6 - DO YOU HAVE ANOT HER PHONE NUMBER? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #7
At the Fruit Stand

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 7
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣــﺴﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـﺴﺎء اﻟﻨـﻮر ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻧـﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳـﻤـﺤـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋــﻨــﺪك ﻓـﺎﻛــﻬﺔ ﻃـﺎزة ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻳـﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻃــﺒـﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛــﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋــﻨــﺪي ﻃـﺎزة !‬ ‫اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻋــﻨــﺪك ﻣﻮز و ﺗـــﻔـﺎح ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫أﻳﻮة ﻋــﻨــﺪي ﻣﻮز ‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب ‪ 3‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬و اﻟﺘـــﻔـﺎح اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب ‪ 12‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻳﺎااااه ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘــﻔـﺎح اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب ‪ 12‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ؟ ﻟﻴﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﻮي ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫اﻟﺘـــﻔـﺎح ﻋــﻨــﺪي داﻳـﻤﺎً ﻃـﺎزة ‪ ،‬و ﻛـﻤﺎن ﻣــﺴــﺘـــﻮرد‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣـَـﺴﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـَـﺴﺎء اﻟﻨـّﻮر ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻧـِﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳـَﻤـَﺤـْﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪَك ﻓـﺎﻛـْـﻬﺔ ﻃـﺎزة ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻳـْﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻃـَـﺒـْﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛـُـﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪي ﻃـﺎزة !‬ ‫اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪَك ﻣﻮز و ﺗــُـﻔـّﺎح ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫‪NEWBI E S 2 #7 - AT T HE FRUI T S T AND‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬12 ‫ و اﻟﺘــُـﻔـّﺎح اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب‬، ‫ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬3 ‫ اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب‬، ‫أﻳﻮة ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪي ﻣﻮز‬ :‫اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬ .6

‫ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ؟ ﻟﻴﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ ﻗــَﻮي ؟‬12 ‫ اﻟﺘــُـﻔـّﺎح اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب‬، ‫ﻳﺎااااه‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .7

‫ و ﻛـَﻤﺎن ﻣـُـﺴـْـﺘــَـﻮْرَد‬، ‫اﻟﺘــُـﻔـّﺎح ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪي داﻳـْﻤﺎً ﻃـﺎزة‬ :‫اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLAH: misāʾ il ḫīr

2. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: misāʾ in-nūr yā hānim

3. HĀLAH: law samaḥt, ʿandak fākha ṭāzh?

4. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: ʾywa , ṭabʿān, kul ḥāgh ʿandī ṭāzh!

5. HĀLAH: ʿandak mūz, wi tūffāḥ?

6. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: ʾywa ʿandī mūz, il kīlū bi 3 ginīh, wi it-tūfāḥ il kīlū bi 12 ginīh.

7. HĀLAH: yāāā, it-tūfāḥ il kīlū bi 12? Līh ġālī ʾwī?

8. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: it-tūfāḥ ʿandī dāymān ṭāzh, wi kamān mustawrad.

ENGLISH

1. HALA: Good evening.

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #7 - AT T HE FRUI T S T AND 3

2. FRUIT SELLER: Good evening, madam.

3. HALA: Excuse me, do you have fresh fruit?

4. FRUIT SELLER: Yes, of course. Everything I have is fresh.

5. HALA: Do you have bananas and apples?

6. FRUIT SELLER: Yes, I have bananas, one kilo is three pounds, and apples are for
twelve pounds.

7. HALA: WOW! One kilo of apples is twelve pounds? Why so expensive?

8. FRUIT SELLER: The apples I have are always fresh, and also imported.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

fresh (Egyptian
‫ﻃـﺎزة‬ adjective
ṭāzah Arabic)

the check / the

‫اﻟﺤـﺴﺎب‬ el ḥisāb bill (Egyptian phrase masculine
Arabic)

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮرد‬ mustawrad imported adjective masculine

‫ﺗﻔﺎح‬ tuffāḥ apple noun masculine

banana
‫ﻣﻮز‬ mūz (Egyptian noun masculine
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #7 - AT T HE FRUI T S T AND 4

 everything
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬ (Egyptian
kull ḥāgah phrase
Arabic)

of course
ً‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎ‬ ṭabʿan (Egyptian phrase
Arabic)

fruit (Egyptian
‫ﻓـﺎﻛــﻬﺔ‬ fākha noun feminine
Arabic)

you have
‫ﻋﻨﺪك‬ ʿandak (Egyptian phrase masculine
Arabic)

the rest /
change
‫اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬ el bāʾī (money) noun
(Egyptian
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻨـﺪه ﺧـﻀﺎر ﻃﺎزة‬ ‫اﻟﺤـﺴﺎب ﻛﺎم ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤـﺤـﺖ ؟‬

huwwa ʿanduh ḫuḍar ṭāzah. el-ḥisāb kām law samaḥt ?

He has fresh vegetables. (Egyptian Arabic) How much is the check please? (Egyptian
Arabic)

.‫اﻟﺘﻔﺎح ﻏﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻮرد‬ .‫ﻋﺎﻳـﺰ ﺗـﻔـﺎح أﺣـﻤـﺮ‬

el-tuffāḥ ġālī ʿašān mustawrad. ʿāyiz tuffāḥ ʾḥmar.

The apples are expensive because they I want red apples. (Egyptian Arabic)
are imported. (Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #7 - AT T HE FRUI T S T AND 5

 .‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻳـِﺰ ﻣﻮز‬ .‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻫـﻨﺎ ﻃﺎزة‬
miš ʿāyiz mūz. kull ḥāgah hinā ṭāzah.

I don't want bananas. (Egyptian Arabic) Everything here is fresh. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﻃﺒـﻌﺎً ﺑﺤـﺐ اﻟﻌﺼﻴﺮ ﻃﺎزة‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪك ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻃﺎزة ؟‬

ṭabʿan baḥibb el-ʿaṣīr ṭāzah. ʿandak fākha ṭāzah ?

Of course, I like the juice fresh. (Egyptian Do you have fresh fruit? (Egyptian Arabic)
Arabic)

‫ﻋﻨﺪك ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻃﺎزة ؟‬ ‫ﻣـﻤـﻜـﻦ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﻮ ﺳـﻤـﺤـﺖ ؟‬

ʿandak fākha ṭāzah ? mumkin el-bāʾī law samaḥt ?

Do you have fresh fruit? (Egyptian Arabic) Can I have the rest (of the money) please?
(Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

‫ ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْـ ﺪَك ﻓـﺎﻛ ـْـﻬﺔ ﻃـﺎ زة ؟‬، ‫ ﻟﻮ ﺳ ـَﻤ ـَﺤ ـْﺖ‬.1

This is a very polite way to ask for something. You can also you can use the word "fresh" for
all your grocery shopping, asking for juice, and so on.

ً‫ ﻃ ـَـﺒ ـْ ﻌ ﺎ‬، ‫ أ ﻳ ـْﻮة‬.2

Confirming twice is a very popular way of talking. You can use either or both; of course, for a
stronger meaning go for both! ‫" ﻳﺎااااه‬Wow!" Very informal; keep that in mind and use it freely
as it’s very common.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is Adjectives

‫ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْـ ﺪَك ﻓـﺎﻛ ـْـﻬﺔ ﻃـﺎ زة ؟‬
"Do you have fresh fruit?"

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #7 - AT T HE FRUI T S T AND 6

Adjectives always come after the noun, this is very important to remember.

Adjectives follow the noun gender and case (masculine, feminine, plural). For example, we
have (‫)ﻏﺎﻟﻲ‬, and that is in masculine form. To make it into the feminine form, we will add the
feminine ta at the end, which will give an a sound at the end, so it will be (‫)ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬. To make the
form plural, we add een, which will give us (‫)ﻏﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‬.

Saying "very much" or "a lot"

"Very" or "a lot" is added after the adjective so that makes it the third word after the noun; for
example, (‫)اﻟﺘﻔﺎح ﻏﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﻮي‬, "the apples are very expensive." This means that the formation of
the Arabic sentence is "the apples are expensive very."

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Ready for a Snack? Where to Buy the Freshest Fruit in Egypt!

Usually, the best and freshest fruit can be bought on the streets in Egypt. You can often find
men walking with small carts selling freshly picked fruits. It is very cheap, and you will also
have an excellent chance to practice your bargaining skills. You can find all kinds of fruit all
year long. An experience you must try is the Egyptian cocktail, a delicious juice of four fresh
fruits, with pieces of fruit in it as well-and very cheap!

Enjoy the freshness of nature!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #7 - AT T HE FRUI T S T AND 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #8
How Much is the Kilo?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 8
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳــﺰة ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺗـــﻔـﺎح و إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮز‪ ،‬ﻋـﻨــﺪك ﻓــﺮاوﻟﺔ و‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧــﺠﺔ ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌــﻨــﺪﻳﺶ ﻓــﺮاوﻟﺔ دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋــﻨــﺪي ﻣﺎﻧــﺠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰ ﻣﺎﻧــﺠﺔ ﻛــﺘﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑــﻜﺎم اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻋــﺸﺎن إﻧــﺖ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰ ﻛــﺘﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب ‪ 6‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ﺑــﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳــﺰﻳﻦ ﺗــﻼﺗـﺔ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺎﻧــﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎم اﻟﺤﺴﺎب؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣـﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤــﺴﺎب ﺳـﺘــﺔ و ﺗـﻼﺗﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫إﺗــﻔــﻀـﻞ أرﺑـﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫‪ .8‬اﻟﻔــﻜـﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺷــﻜـﺮ ًا ‪ ،‬و اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ أرﺑـﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳــِﺰة ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺗــُـﻔـّﺎح و إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮز‪ ،‬ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪَك ﻓـَـﺮاوْﻟﺔ و‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧـْـﺠﺔ ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌـَـﻨـْـﺪﻳﺶ ﻓـَـﺮاوْﻟﺔ دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪي ﻣﺎﻧـْـﺠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳــِﺰ ﻣﺎﻧـْـﺠﺔ ﻛـِـﺘﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑــِﻜﺎم اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻋـَـﺸﺎن إﻧـْـﺖ ﻋﺎﻳــِﺰ ﻛـِـﺘﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب ‪ 6‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ﺑـَـﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #8 - HOW MUCH I S T HE KI LO‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ ﻛﺎم اﻟﺤﺴﺎب؟‬،‫ ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰﻳﻦ ﺗـَـﻼﺗـﺔ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺎﻧـْـﺠﺔ‬، ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ‬ : ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .5

.‫ اﻟﺤـِـﺴﺎب ﺳـِﺘـّـﺔ و ﺗـَـﻼﺗﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬، ‫ﻣـﺎﺷﻲ‬ : ‫اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬ .6

.‫إﺗـْـﻔـَـﻀـَّﻞ أرْﺑـِﻌﻴﻦ‬ : ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .7

.‫ و اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ أرْﺑـَﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬، ً‫ ﺷـُـﻜـْﺮا‬، ‫ اﻟﻔـَـﻜـَﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬.8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLH: ʿāyza kīlū tūfāḥ wi itnīn kīlū mūz, ʿandak farāwla wi māngh?

2. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: maʿndīš farāwla dilwaʾtī, lakin ʿandī māngh.

3. RŪLĀND: anā ʿāyiz māngh kitīr,bikām il kīlū?

4. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: ʿašān, inta ʿāyiz kitīr, il kīlū bi 6 ginīh bas.

5. HĀLH: māšī. ʿāyizīn talāta kīlū māngh,kām il- ḥisāb?

6. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: māšī, il-ḥisāb sita we talātīn ginīh.

7. RŪLĀND: itfaḍal ʾrbiʿīn

8. IL FAKAHĀNĪ: šukran, wi il bāʾī ʾrbaʿh ginīh.

ENGLISH

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #8 - HOW MUCH I S T HE KI LO? 3

1. HALA: I want one kilo of apples, and two kilos of bananas. Do you have
strawberries and mangoes?

2. FRUIT SELLER: I don’t have strawberries now, but I have mangoes.

3. ROLAND: I want a lot of mangoes. How much per kilo?

4. FRUIT SELLER: Because you want a lot, per kilo it’s only six pounds.

5. HALA: OK. We want three kilos of mangoes. How much is the bill?

6. FRUIT SELLER: OK, the bill is thirty-six pounds.

7. ROLAND: Here you are. Here’s forty pounds.

8. FRUIT SELLER: Thanks, and the rest is four pounds.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫ﻓﺮاوﻟﺔ‬ farāwlah strawberry noun feminine

mango
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺠﺔ‬ māngah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

the rest /
change
‫اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬ el bāʾī (money) noun
(Egyptian
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #8 - HOW MUCH I S T HE KI LO? 4

 the check / the
‫اﻟﺤـﺴﺎب‬ bill (Egyptian
el ḥisāb phrase masculine
Arabic)

for (money or by
transportation)
‫ﺑــ‬ bi preposition
(Egyptian
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﻔﺮاوﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﺑﺲ‬ .‫ﻓﻴﻪ أﻧـﻮاع ﻣﺎﻧـﺠﺔ ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‬

el-farāwlah fī el-ṣīf bass. fī ʾnwāʿ māngh kitīr.

Strawberries are only at (during) summer. There are many types of mango. (Egyptian
(Egyptian Arabic) Arabic)

‫ﻣـﻤـﻜـﻦ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﻮ ﺳـﻤـﺤـﺖ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺤـﺴﺎب ﻛﺎم ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤـﺤـﺖ ؟‬

mumkin el-bāʾī law samaḥt ? el-ḥisāb kām law samaḥt ?

Can I have the rest (of the money) please? How much is the check please? (Egyptian
(Egyptian Arabic) Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺘﻼﺗﺔ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬

el-kīlū bi-talāth ginīh.

Three pounds for a kilo. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

‫ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْـﺪ ي ﻣﺎﻧ ـْـﺠﺔ‬، ‫ ﻣ ﻌ ـَـﻨ ـْـﺪ ﻳﺶ ﻓ ـَـ ﺮ ا وْﻟﺔ دﻟﻮﻗ ﺘ ﻲ‬.1

Here, the speaker said, "I don't have…, but I have…" This is a common way to say what you
don’t have first, followed by what is available. This is done to get the other person’s attention
and focus.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #8 - HOW MUCH I S T HE KI LO? 5

 ‫ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ﺑ ـَـﺲ‬6 ‫ اﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ب‬، ‫ ﻋ ـَـ ﺸﺎن إﻧ ـْـﺖ ﻋﺎ ﻳـ ـِ ﺰ ﻛ ـِـ ﺘﻴ ﺮ‬.2

Here, the word "because" was used at the beginning to give the same effect of getting the
other person’s attention, followed by the rest, which is the important part. "Because you want
a lot, the kilo is for six pounds only."

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is Using "I want" to Ask for Something
‫ﻋﺎ ﻳـ ـِ ﺰ ﻣﺎﻧ ـْـﺠﺔ‬
"I want mangoes."

Using "I want" is very important. This form is called a "participle." It's derived from the verb,
functions as a verb, but is treated as an adjective. That's why you will only find it in three
forms" masculine, feminine, and plural.

The feminine form is ( ‫ ) ﻋﺎﻳــْﺰة‬, and the plural form is ( ‫ ) ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰﻳﻦ‬.

"You have" (masculine)

In the previous lessons, we covered "I want," "you want," in the feminine form. That was"

"I want" ‫ﻋﻨﺪي‬

(You want" (feminine" ‫ﻋﻨﺪِك‬

To make it "you want," - masculine, we will simply change the ending to make the sound ak
instead of ee or ik, so that will make it ( ‫ ) ﻋﻨﺪَك‬.

Do you remember how to say "do you have" and "you don't have"?

CULTURAL INSIGHT

To Tip...Or Not to Tip...When to Leave a Little Extra in

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #8 - HOW MUCH I S T HE KI LO? 6

Egypt

In most cases, you may have to leave tips, if you want to. But when you buy from the fruit
stand or a man in the street, it's different, so no tip should be paid, It's a quick service, and the
man will charge you what he thinks is okay for him!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #8 - HOW MUCH I S T HE KI LO? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #9
Do You Have Fresh Vegetables?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 9
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﺻـﺒﺎح اﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺻـﺒﺎح اﻟﻨﻮر ‪ ،‬أﻫﻼً و ﺳـﻬــﻼً‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨــﻀـﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻋــﻨــﺪك ﺧــﻀﺎر ﻃﺎزة ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻳــﻮة ‪ ،‬اﻟﺨــﻀﺎر ﻋــﻨــﺪي داﻳــﻤ ًﺎ ﻃﺎزة ‪ ،‬إﻧــﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰة اﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺨــﻀـﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳــﺰة ﻧــﺺ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻛﻮﺳﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻃــﻤﺎﻃـِﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣـﺶ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰة ﺑــﻄﺎﻃــﺲ أو ﺑــﺼـﻞ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺨــﻀـﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻣــﻤـﻜـﻦ إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑــﻄﺎﻃــﺲ ‪ ،‬و ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰة ﺑــﺼـﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻟـﺺ‪.‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﺻـَﺒﺎح اﻟﺨﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺻـَﺒﺎح اﻟﻨﻮر ‪ ،‬أﻫﻼً و ﺳـَﻬـْـﻼً‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨـُـﻀـَﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪك ﺧـُـﻀﺎر ﻃﺎزة ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻳـْـﻮة ‪ ،‬اﻟﺨـُـﻀﺎر ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪي داﻳـْـﻤﺎً ﻃﺎزة ‪ ،‬إﻧـْـﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰة اﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺨـُـﻀـَﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰة ﻧــُﺺ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻛﻮﺳﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻃـَـﻤﺎﻃـِﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫? ‪NEWBI E S 2 #9 - DO YOU HAVE FRES H VEGET ABLES‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ﻣـِﺶ ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰة ﺑـَـﻄﺎﻃـِـﺲ أو ﺑـَـﺼـَﻞ ؟‬ :‫اﻟﺨـُـﻀـَﺮي‬ .6

‫ و ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰة ﺑـَـﺼـَﻞ‬، ‫ﻣـُـﻤـْﻜـِﻦ إﺗــْـﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑـَـﻄﺎﻃـِـﺲ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .7

.‫ﺧﺎﻟـِﺺ‬

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLḤ: ṣabāḥ ʾlḫīr

2. IL-ḪUDARĪ: ṣabāḥ innūr , ʾhlān wa sahlān

3. HĀLḤ: ʿandak ḫudār tāzh ?

4. IL-ḪUDARĪ: ʾywa, il ḫudār ʿandī dāyman ṭāzh, ʾntī ʿāyzh eeh ?

5. HĀLḤ: ʿāyzh nuṣ kīlū kūsh, wa kīlū ṭamāṭim

6. IL-ḪUDARĪ: miš ʿāyzh baṭāṭis aw baṣal ?

7. HĀLḤ: mumkin ʾitnīn kīlū baṭāṭis , wa miš ʿāyzh baṣal ḫāliṣ

ENGLISH

1. HALA: Good morning.

2. VEGETABLE Good morning. Welcome.

SELLER:

3. HALA: Do you have fresh vegetables?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #9 - DO YOU HAVE FRES H VEGET ABLES ? 3

4. VEGETABLE Yes, the vegetables I have are always fresh. What do you want?
SELLER:

5. HALA: I want half a kilo of zucchini, and one kilo of tomatoes.

6. VEGETABLE Don’t you want potatoes or onions?

SELLER:

7. HALA: Can I have two kilos of potatoes? And I don’t want onions at all.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

Good morning.
‫ﺻـَﺒﺎح اﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬ ṣabāḥ ʾlḫīr (Egyptian phrase
Arabic)

Good morning
(reply).
‫ﺻﺒﺎح اﻟﻨــﻮر‬ ṣabāḥ el-nūr phrase
(Egyptian
Arabic)

vegetables
‫ﺧــﻀﺎر‬ ḫudār (Egyptian noun masculine
Arabic)

always
‫داﻳـﻤﺎ‬ dāyman (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

zucchini
‫ﻛﻮﺳﺔ‬ kūsah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﻃـﻤﺎﻃـﻢ‬ ṭamāṭim tomatoes noun feminine

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #9 - DO YOU HAVE FRES H VEGET ABLES ? 4

 potatoes
‫ﺑـﻄﺎﻃـﺲ‬ (Egyptian
baṭāṭis noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﺑـﺼـﻞ‬ baṣal onions noun masculine

at all (Egyptian
‫ﺧﺎﻟـﺺ‬ phrase
ḫāliṣ Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫ﺻـﺒﺎح اﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ إﻳﻤﺎن‬ .‫ﺻﺒﺎح اﻟﻨــﻮر ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‬

ṣabāḥ el-ḫīr yā ʾīmān. ṣabāḥ el-nūr ḫālid.

Good morning, Iman. (Egyptian Arabic) Good morning, Khaled. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻨـﺪه ﺧـﻀﺎر ﻃﺎزة‬ .‫اﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃـﻢ داﻳﻤﺎً ﻃﺎزة‬

huwwa ʿanduh ḫuḍar ṭāzah. el-ṭamāṭim dāyman ṭāzah.

He has fresh vegetables. (Egyptian Arabic) The tomatoes are always fresh. (Egyptian
Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻜﻮﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻳﺘﺔ و ﻣﺶ ﻃﺎزة‬ .‫اﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃـﻢ داﻳﻤﺎً ﻃﺎزة‬

el-kūsah bāytah wi miš ṭāzah. el-ṭamāṭim dāyman ṭāzah.

The zucchini is from last night and not The tomatoes are always fresh. (Egyptian
fresh. (Egyptian Arabic) Arabic)

.‫أﻧﺎ ﺑﺤـﺐ آﻛـﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﻣﺶ ﺑﺤـﺐ اﻟﺒـﺼـﻞ‬

ʾnā baḥibb ʾākul el-baṭāṭis. ʾnā miš baḥib el-baṣal.

I like to eat potatoes. (Egyptian Arabic) I don't like onions. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﻣﺶ ﺑﺤـﺐ أﺷـﺮب ﺷﺎي ﺧﺎﻟـﺺ‬

miš baḥibb ʾšrab šāy ḫāliṣ.

I don't like to drink tea at all. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #9 - DO YOU HAVE FRES H VEGET ABLES ? 5

 ً‫ د ا ﻳ ـْـﻤ ﺎ‬.1

This is one of three words we use to say "always" or "all the time." This word is always good to
know and very important to use!

‫ ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎ ﻳ ـْـ ﺰة ﺑ ـَـﺼ ـَﻞ ﺧﺎﻟ ـِﺺ‬.2

To express strong refusal for something, you can always use "at all" or "never" at the end of
the negated sentence. So remember, the negation word comes first, followed by the noun,
verb, adjective, and finally, "never" or "at all."

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is the Verb "to have," Second Person, Masculine
‫ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْـﺪك ﺧ ـُـﻀﺎ ر ﻃﺎ زة ؟‬
"Do you have fresh vegetables?"

In the previous lessons, we covered the verb "to have" in the first person, and in the second
person feminine. We used ʿandi (first person), ʿandik (second person feminine), and the third
is ʿandak. Always remember and focus on the ak - ik sound, for it will be repeated and used in
many other cases.

Intro to Participles ʿāyzh

Participles are a very popular, easy-to-use form. They are derived from the verb, so they
function as verbs, but we treat them as adjectives; therefore, we will find participles in three
forms: masculine, feminine, and plural. In the dialogue, we heard ʿāyzh, which means "I want,"
"you want," and "she wants," all feminine forms. We may use the subject pronouns "I," "you,"
"she," or leave it, as the context will make it clear.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Get Your "Pick of the Day" from Egyptian Street Vendors - but Only by the Kilo!

In most cases, fruits and vegetables are sold fresh, pick of the day. Prices will vary from one
day to another. Even from morning to noon or late afternoon, prices change, so don't worry if

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #9 - DO YOU HAVE FRES H VEGET ABLES ? 6

that happens. One thing that will surprise you is the quantity of food people buy. It's very rare
that we buy just one apple, or three mangos, but always go for kilos. The best way to avoid
confusing the salesman is to ask for one mango that weighs, for example, 250 gr. This way,
you get your fair price!

Enjoy the freshness of nature!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #9 - DO YOU HAVE FRES H VEGET ABLES ? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #10
I Want Vegetables

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 10
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳـﺰﻳﻦ ﺧــﻀﺎر ﻟﻠﺴــﻠــﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪،‬ﻧــﺺ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻛﻮﺳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻃــﻤﺎﻃـِﻢ‪ ،‬إﺗــﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑــﻄﺎﻃــﺲ ‪ ،‬و‬ ‫اﻟﺨــﻀـﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺧــﻀﺎر ﻟﻠﺴــﻠــﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻳـﺰﻳﻦ ﺧــﻀﺎر ﻣﻦ إﻣﺒﺎرح !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻻ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻴﺶ ﺧﻀﺎر ﻣﻦ إﻣﺒﺎرح ‪ ،‬ﻛـﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻃﺎزة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨــﻀـﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺗـــﻤﺎم ﻗــﻮي ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤــﺴﺎب ﻛﺎم ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪ 23‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨــﻀـﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫إﺗــﻔــﻀﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺷــﻜــﺮاً‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰﻳﻦ ﺧـُـﻀﺎر ﻟﻠﺴـَّـﻠــَﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪،‬ﻧــُﺺ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻛﻮﺳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻃـَـﻤﺎﻃـِﻢ‪ ،‬إﺗـْـﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑـَـﻄﺎﻃـِـﺲ ‪ ،‬و‬ ‫اﻟﺨـُـﻀـَﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺧـُـﻀﺎر ﻟﻠﺴ ّـَـﻠـَـﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰﻳﻦ ﺧـُـﻀﺎر ﺑﺎﻳــِﺖ !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻴﺶ ﺧﻀﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻛـُﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻃﺎزة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨـُـﻀـَﺮي‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺗــَـﻤﺎم ﻗــَﻮي ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤـِـﺴﺎب ﻛﺎم ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫‪NEWBI E S 2 #10 - I WANT VEGET ABLES‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 .‫ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬23 :‫اﻟﺨـُـﻀـَﺮي‬ .6

.ً‫ ﺷـُـﻜـْـﺮا‬، ‫إﺗـْـﻔـَـﻀَّﻞ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .7

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: law samaḥt, ʿāyzīn ḫudār lissalaṭh

2. IL-ḪUDARĪ: māšī , nuṣ kīlū kūsh, kīlū ṭamāṭim, ʾitnīn kīlū baṭāṭis wa ḫudār
lissalaṭh

3. HĀLAḤ: miš ʿāyzīn ḫudār bāyit !

4. IL-ḪUDARĪ: lā lā , mafīš ḫudār bāyit, kul ḥāgh ṭāzh

5. HĀLAḤ: Tamām ʾwī, ilḥisāb kām ?

6. IL-ḪUDARĪ: Talāta wi ʿišrīn ginīh

7. HĀLAḤ: ʾtfaḍḍal, šukran

ENGLISH

1. ROLAND: We want vegetables for the salad, please.

2. VEGETABLES Okay, half a kilo of zucchini and one kilo tomatoes, two kilos of
SELLER: potatoes, and vegetables for the salad.

3. HALA: We don't want non-fresh [overnight] vegetables.

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #10 - I WANT VEGET ABLES 3

4. VEGETABLES No, no, there are no overnight vegetables. Everything is fresh.
SELLER:

5. HALA: That's very good. How much is the check?

6. VEGETABLES Twenty-three pounds.

SELLER:

7. HALA: Here you are. Thank you.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

from yesterday
‫ﻣﻦ إﻣﺒﺎرح‬ min ʾimbāriḥ (Egyptian phrase
Arabic)

potatoes
‫ﺑـﻄﺎﻃـﺲ‬ baṭāṭis (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﻃـﻤﺎﻃـﻢ‬ ṭamāṭim tomatoes noun feminine

zucchini
‫ﻛﻮﺳﺔ‬ kūsah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

the check / the

‫اﻟﺤـﺴﺎب‬ el ḥisāb bill (Egyptian phrase masculine
Arabic)

fresh (Egyptian
‫ﻃـﺎزة‬ adjective
ṭāzah Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #10 - I WANT VEGET ABLES 4

 twenty-three

talāta wi ʿišrīn (23) pounds

‫ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬23
(Egyptian phrase
ginīh
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫ ﻓﻤﺶ ﻃﺎزة‬,‫اﻟﺨﻀﺎر ده ﻣﻦ إﻣﺒﺎرح‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﺑﺤـﺐ آﻛـﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ‬

el-ḫuḍār dah min ʾimbāriḥ, famiš ṭāzah. ʾnā baḥibb ʾākul el-baṭāṭis.

These vegetables are from yesterday, so I like to eat potatoes. (Egyptian Arabic)
they're not fresh.

.‫اﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃـﻢ داﻳﻤﺎً ﻃﺎزة‬ .‫اﻟﻜﻮﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻳﺘﺔ و ﻣﺶ ﻃﺎزة‬

el-ṭamāṭim dāyman ṭāzah. el-kūsah bāytah wi miš ṭāzah.

The tomatoes are always fresh. (Egyptian The zucchini is from last night and not
Arabic) fresh. (Egyptian Arabic)

‫اﻟﺤـﺴﺎب ﻛﺎم ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤـﺤـﺖ ؟‬ .‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻨـﺪه ﺧـﻀﺎر ﻃﺎزة‬

el-ḥisāb kām law samaḥt ? huwwa ʿanduh ḫuḍar ṭāzah.

How much is the check please? (Egyptian He has fresh vegetables. (Egyptian Arabic)
Arabic)

.‫اﻟﺤـِﺴﺎب ﺗﻼﺗﺔ و ﻋﺸـﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬

el-ḥisāb talāta wi ʿišrīn ginīh.

The check is twenty-three pounds. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. Tamām ʾwī

We use this expression to show strong approval for something. Tamām means "okay," and ʾwī
means "a lot of" or "very much." Combining them gives more than double the effect. You can

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #10 - I WANT VEGET ABLES 5

use both to show everything is as you like and more. If it's just okay, then only use Tamām.

2. "How much is the check/bill)?" ilḥisāb kām?

Strangely enough, we use the question word kām, which means "how many," followed by
ilḥisāb. That means "the check." Together, they give the meaning "How much is the check?"
The reason for that is, when we use the question word for "how much," it's for a specific item.
We got used to this form, so always remember, asking for the check or the bill, is ilḥisāb kām?

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is the Negation of the "want" Participle

! ‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎ ﻳ ـْ ﺰ ﻳﻦ ﺧ ـُـﻀﺎ ر ﺑﺎ ﻳـ ـِﺖ‬
"We don't want non-fresh [overnight] vegetables."

When we want to negate the participle, or the form we use to say "want," we simply add the
negation word miš in front of the participle. In the example above, we used "we want," and
negated it by adding the negation word in front of it. This is the general negation rule and
applies to all participles.

Participles Are Treated as Adjectives

Participles only come in three forms: masculine, feminine, and plural, and even though they
function as verbs, we treat them as adjectives.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

The Egyptian Open Market-A True Cultural Experience!

What is better than fresh vegetables whose source you can trust? Most vegetables sold in
Egypt are picked daily, and the best ones to buy are from the open market. As you walk by,
you will see people from upper Egypt, sitting, talking, laughing, and having friendly
conversations with each other and their customers. They remember who comes to them and
tend to give those people special treatment, using very basic business principles. Their
Arabic is a little different because they speak the upper Egypt dialect, but when talking to
others, they tend to use the common dialect. They will try to help you learn or correct you as

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #10 - I WANT VEGET ABLES 6

you speak. You can also practice how to bargain with them, but only for a very small amount,
as everything is already very cheap!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #10 - I WANT VEGET ABLES 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #11
They Have Good Food and It's Not
Expensive!

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
5 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 11
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣـﺴﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـﺴﺎء اﻟﻨـﻮر ﻳﺎ ﻓــﻨــﺪم ‪ ،‬أي ﺧـﺪﻣﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳـﻤـﺤـﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰ اﻟﻤـــﻨــﻴﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻃـﺒـﻌﺎً ‪،‬إﺗــﻔــﻀـﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻋــﻨــﺪﻫـﻢ أﻛــﻞ ﻛــﻮﻳـﺲ و ﻣـﺶ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫أﻳـﻮة اﻷﻛــﻞ ﻋــﻨــﺪﻫـﻢ رﺧﻴﺺ و ﻛـﻮﻳـﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻳـﺰﻳﻦ أﻛــﻞ دﻟــﻮﻗـــﺘﻲ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫أﻳـﻮة ‪ ،‬و ﺑـﻌـﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻳـﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺎي أو ﻋـﺼﻴﺮ ‪،‬ﺑـﺲ ﻟـﺴـﻪ ﻣـﺶ ﻋﺎرﻓﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣـَﺴﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـَﺴﺎء اﻟﻨـّﻮر ﻳﺎ ﻓـَـﻨـْـﺪِم ‪ ،‬أي ﺧـِـﺪْﻣﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳـَﻤـَﺤـْﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﻳــِﺰ اﻟﻤــِـﻨـْـﻴﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻃـَﺒـْﻌﺎً ‪،‬إﺗـْـﻔـَـﻀـَّﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪُﻫـُﻢ أﻛـْـﻞ ﻛـُـﻮَﻳـِّﺲ و ﻣـِﺶ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫!‪NEWBI E S 2 #11 - T HEY HAVE GOOD FOOD AND I T 'S NOT EXPENS I VE‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
 . ‫أﻳـْﻮة اﻷﻛـْـﻞ ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪُﻫـُﻢ رﺧﻴﺺ و ﻛـُـﻮَﻳ ّـِﺲ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

‫ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰﻳﻦ أﻛـْـﻞ دﻟـْـﻮَﻗــْـﺘﻲ ؟‬ :‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‬ .7

.‫ﺑـَﺲ ﻟـِﺴـّﻪ ﻣـِﺶ ﻋﺎرْﻓﻴﻦ‬، ‫ و ﺑـَﻌـْﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺎي أو ﻋـَﺼﻴﺮ‬، ‫أﻳـْﻮة‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: masāʾ il-ḫīr

2. IL-GARSŪNH: masāʾ innūr yā fandim , ʾy ḫidmh ?

3. RŪLĀND: Law samaḥtī ʿāyiz il-minyū

4. IL-GARSŪNH: tabʿan, ʾtfaḍḍal

5. HĀLH: ʿanduhum ʾkl kwayes wi miš ġālī

6. RŪLĀND: ʾywh ilʾkl ,ʿanduhum riḫīṣ wa kwayes

7. IL-GARSŪNH: ʿāyzīn ʾkl dilwaʾtī ?

8. RŪLĀND: ʾywh , wi baʿdīn ʿāyzīn šāy ʿw ʿaṣīr,bas lissh miš ʿārfīn

ENGLISH

1. ROLAND: Good evening.

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #11 - T HEY HAVE GOOD FOOD AND I T 'S NOT EXPENS I VE! 3
2. WAITRESS: Good evening, sir. How can I help you?

3. ROLAND: Please, could I have a menu?

4. WAITRESS: Of course, here it is.

5. MONA: They have good food and it’s not expensive!

6. ROLAND: Yes. The food they have is cheap and good.

7. WAITRESS: Do you want the food now?

8. ROLAND: Yes, and after wards we want tea or juice. But we don't know yet.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

good (Egyptian
‫ﻛﻮﻳﺲ‬ kwayyis adjective masculine
Arabic)

not, don't, isn't

‫ﻣـﺶ‬ miš (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

‫ﻏﺎﻟﻲ‬ ġalī expensive adjective

cheap
‫رﺧـﻴﺺ‬ riḫīṣ (Egyptian adjective masculine
Arabic)

food (Egyptian
‫أﻛــﻞ‬ noun masculine
ʾakl Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #11 - T HEY HAVE GOOD FOOD AND I T 'S NOT EXPENS I VE! 4
 after that, later
‫ﺑـﻌــﺪﻳﻦ‬ (Egyptian
baʿdīn adverb
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

. ‫أﻧﺎ ﻛﻮﻳﺲ اﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ‬ .‫اﻟﻜـﺘﺎب ده ﻣـﺶ ﻛــﻮﻳـﺲ‬

ʾnā kwayyis al-ḥamdu lillāh . el-kitāb dah miš kuwayyis.

I'm good, thank God. (Egyptian Arabic) This book is not good. (Egyptian Arabic)

‫أﻛﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ‬ .‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺷﻴﺮت ﻣﺶ رﺧﻴﺺ‬

ʾakl ġālī el-tīšīrt miš riḫīṣ.

Expensive food (Egyptian Arabic) The t-shirt is not cheap. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻷﻛـﻞ ﻛﻮﻳﺲ و ﻣﺶ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ‬ .‫ﻋﺎﻳـــﺰ ﺷﺎي ﺑــﻌـﺪﻳﻦ‬

el-ʾkl kuwayyis wi miš ġālī. ʿāyiz šāy baʿdīn.

The food is good and not expensive. I want tea later. (Egyptian Arabic)
(Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1.ʾy ḫidmh

Literally, this means "any service." In terms of use, it’s "what can I do for you," or "how can I
help you." We use it to address men and women, as it has no indicators for masculine or
feminine. It can be heard anywhere, just as you enter, or after you make a request or two.
Also, it’s used as an ending. After you finish saying what you want or paying the bill, the
response will be ʾy ḫidmh, which is like "my pleasure" or "you’re welcome."

2. lissh miš ʿārfīn

Lissh in this sentence means "still." If we use it alone, it will mean "not yet." That's a very
important and easy word to use.

GRAMMAR

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #11 - T HEY HAVE GOOD FOOD AND I T 'S NOT EXPENS I VE! 5
The Focus of This Lesson is the Verb "to have"-"they have"
‫ﻋ ـَـﻨ ـْـ ﺪُﻫ ـُ ﻢ أﻛ ـْـﻞ ﻛ ـُـ ﻮَ ﻳ ـِّﺲ و ﻣ ـِﺶ ﻏﺎﻟ ﻲ‬
"They have good food and not expensive."

To form the plural form of the verb "to have," making it "they have," we will add the hum sound
at the end of 'nd, so we will have 'ndhum. To say "they don't have," we will do the same as
before, add mesh, or break ir, which will give us ma'ndhumsh. That form is more common and
popular, but feel free to use both!

New Participle -‫ﻋﺎ رْﻓﻴﻦ‬

Here's another new and very important participle. Just to refresh your memory, a participle is
a special form of a verb that is treated as an adjective but functions as a verb. We learned one
("want") so we will apply the same rule here.

.is for masculine ‫ﻋﺎ رِف‬

.is for feminine ‫ﻋﺎ رْﻓﺔ‬

.is the plural form ‫ﻋﺎ رْﻓﻴﻦ‬

You don't treat participles like verbs; instead of conjugating, you should follow the same
adjective rule.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Finding the Perfect Arabic Dining Spot is Easier than You Think!

Going to a restaurant and enjoying delicious Arabic food sounds wonderful, doesn't it? Just
be sure to choose a good place to eat. People's advice on this matter is very important as
well. If you have an allergy, make sure and ask whether the food contains this item or not, as
Arabs use nearly everything while making food.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #11 - T HEY HAVE GOOD FOOD AND I T 'S NOT EXPENS I VE! 6
Also, you won't find alcohol in every restaurant. You'll mainly find it in hotels and the few
restaurants known for offering it. If you ask for alcohol in another place, people might be
offended. That's why you will always find fresh juices and hot drinks on the menu.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #11 - T HEY HAVE GOOD FOOD AND I T 'S NOT EXPENS I VE! 7
LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #12
Do You Have Lebanese Salad?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 12
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـــﺰ ﻓــﺘــﺔ و ﺳـﻠــﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫و أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳــﺰة رز و ﺳـَـﻠــﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋــﻨــﺪﻛﻮ ﺳـﻠــﻄﺔ ﻟــﺒــﻨﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻻ ‪ ،‬آﺳــﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻌــﻨــﺪﻧﺎش ﺳــﻠــﻄﺔ ﻟــﺒــﻨﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋــﻨــﺪﻧﺎ ﺳـﻠــﻄﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﺧـﻀﺮا‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻤــﻜـﻦ ﻃــﺒــﻖ ﺻــﻐــﻴــﺮ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺗﺎﻧﻴﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣـﻌــﻨـﺪﻛـﻮش ﺷـﻮرﺑــﺔ ﻋﺪس ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻋــﻨـﺪﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻳـﺰﻳﻦ ﻃـﺒـﻖ و ﻻ إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫إﺗــﻨـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻃــﺒـﻖ ﺻـﻐـﻴـﺮ ‪ ،‬و ﻃــﺒـﻖ ﻛــﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـــِﺰ ﻓـَـﺘــّﺔ و ﺳـَﻠــَﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫و أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـْـﺰة رُز و ﺳـَـﻠـَـﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪُﻛﻮ ﺳـَﻠــَﻄﺔ ﻟـِـﺒـْـﻨﺎﻧﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻻ ‪ ،‬آﺳـْـﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣـَﻌـِـﻨـْـﺪِﻧﺎش ﺳـَـﻠــَﻄﺔ ﻟـِـﺒـْـﻨﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋـَـﻨـْـﺪِﻧﺎ ﺳـﻠــَﻄﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﺧـَﻀْﺮا‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣـُـﻤـْـﻜـِﻦ ﻃـَـﺒـَـﻖ ﺻـُـﻐـَـﻴـَّـﺮ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #12 - DO YOU HAVE LEBANES E S ALAD‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺗﺎﻧﻴﺔ ؟‬، ‫ﺣﺎﺿِﺮ‬ :‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‬ .5

‫ﻣـَﻌـَـﻨـْﺪُﻛـﻮش ﺷـﻮرْﺑــِﺔ ﻋﺪس ؟‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

‫ ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰﻳﻦ ﻃـَﺒـَﻖ وﻻ إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ ؟‬، ‫ﻋـَـﻨـْﺪِﻧﺎ‬ :‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‬ .7

.‫ و ﻃـَـﺒـَﻖ ﻛـِـﺒﻴﺮ‬، ‫ ﻃـَـﺒـَﻖ ﺻـُﻐـَﻴـَّﺮ‬، ‫إﺗـْـﻨـﻴﻦ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: ʾnā ʿāyiz fatth wa salaṭh

2. HĀLH: Wa ʾna ʿāyzh ruz wa salaṭh, ,ʿandukū salaṭh libnānī ?

3. IL-GARSŪNH: Lā, ʾsfh, maʿandināš salaṭh libnānī, ʿandinā salaṭh ḫaḍrh

4. HĀLH: Māšī, mumkin ṭabaʾ ṣuġayyar ?

5. IL-GARSŪNH: ḥāḍir, ḥagh tānyh ?

6. RŪLĀND: maʿandukūš šūrbit ʿads ?

7. IL-GARSŪNH: ʿandinā , ʿāyzīn ṭabaʾ wallā ʾitnīn ?

8. RŪLĀND: ʾitnīn, ṭabaʾ ṣuġayyar , wa ṭabaʾ kibīr

ENGLISH

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #12 - DO YOU HAVE LEBANES E S ALAD? 3

1. ROLAND: I want fatta and salad.

2. HALA: And I want rice and salad. Do you have Lebanese salad?

3. WAITRESS: No, I'm sorry, we don’t have Lebanese salad. We have green salad.

4. HALA: Okay, can I have a small plate?

5. WAITRESS: Sure. Anything else?

6. ROLAND: Don’t you have lentil soup?

7. WAITRESS: We have it. Do you want a plate or two?

8. ROLAND: Two. A small plate and a big plate.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

type of Egyptian
‫ﻓـﺘﺔ‬ fattah noun feminine
food

green (Egyptian
‫ﺧـﻀﺮا‬ adjective feminine
ḫaḍrah Arabic)

big (Egyptian
‫ﻛـﺒﻴﺮ‬ kibīr adjective masculine
Arabic)

small (Egyptian
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬ adjective masculine
ṣuġayyar Arabic)

soup (Egyptian
‫ﺷﻮرﺑﺔ‬ šūrbah noun feminine
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #12 - DO YOU HAVE LEBANES E S ALAD? 4

 dish, plate
‫ﻃــﺒــﻖ‬ (Egyptian
ṭabaʾ noun masculine
Arabic)

you don't have /

don't you have
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺪﻛﻮش‬ maʿandukūš phrase plural
(Egyptian
Arabic)

we have
‫ﻋــﻨــﺪﻧﺎ‬ ʿandinā (Egyptian phrase plural
Arabic)

salad (Egyptian
‫ﺳـﻠــﻄﺔ‬ salaṭah noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﻋـﺪس‬ ʿads lentil noun masculine

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﻔــﺘـﺔ أﻛـﻠﺔ ﻣـﺼـ ﺮِﻳـﺔ ﻣـﻬـﻤـﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴـﻠــﻄﺔ اﻟﺨـﻀﺮا أﺳﺎﺳـﻴـﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻛـﻞ‬

el-fattah ʾklah maṣriyyah muhimmah. .‫اﻟﻤـﺼـﺮي‬
el-salaṭh el-ḫaḍrah ʾsāsiyyah fī el-ʾkl el-maṣrī.
Fatta is an important Egyptian meal.
(Egyptian Arabic) Green salad is a must in Egyptian food.
(Egyptian Arabic)

‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﻄﺒﻖ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ رﺧﻴﺺ‬

ṭabaʾ kibīr el-ṭabaʾ el-ṣuġayyar riḫīṣ.

Big plate (Egyptian Arabic) The small plate is cheap. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﺸﻮرﺑﺔ ﺣﻠﻮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻄﻌﻢ ده‬ .‫اﻟﻄﺒﻖ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ رﺧﻴﺺ‬

el-šūrbah ḥilwah fī ek-maṭʿam dah. el-ṭabaʾ el-ṣuġayyar riḫīṣ.

The soup is good in this restaurant. The small plate is cheap. (Egyptian Arabic)
(Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #12 - DO YOU HAVE LEBANES E S ALAD? 5

 .‫ﻣﻌﻨﺪﻛﻮش درس اﻟﻨﻬﺎردة‬ . ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﻞ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‬
maʿandukūš dars el-nahārdah. ʿandinā kull ʾnwāʿ el-salaṭah .

You don't have a lesson today. (Egyptian We have all kind of salads. (Egyptian
Arabic) Arabic)

. ‫ﻓﻴﻪ أﻧﻮاع ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﻛﺘﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ‬ .‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻛﻞ ﺷﻮرﺑﺔ ﻋﺪس‬
fīh ʾnwāʿ salaṭah kitīr fī maṣr. fī maṣr binākul šūrbit ʿads.

There are a lot of salads (types) in Egypt. In Egypt we eat lentil soup. (Egyptian
(Egyptian Arabic) Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. "Don't you have lentil soup?" ‫ﻣ َـ ﻌ ـَـﻨ ـْ ﺪُﻛـﻮش ﺷـﻮ رْﺑـ ـِﺔ ﻋﺪ س ؟‬

Using the negated form to ask for something is a popular form. It would be the same if we
used the non-negated form, but this draws more attention and emphasizes that this is
important or a little different from the other requests.

2. "Do you want a plate or two?" ‫ﻋﺎ ﻳ ـْ ﺰ ﻳﻦ ﻃ ـَﺒ ـَﻖ وﻻ إ ﺗ ـْـﻨـﻴﻦ؟‬

Here, the question was "a plate or two." The waitress could have simply said "one or two."
This is a way to confirm the order. And in the same sentence, we also had walla, which
means "or." This is the word used in a question form; it's never used in any other form like "I
want tea or coffee." In this case it will be aw. So always remember, in a question with choices,
always use walla.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is Two Forms of the Verb "to have": you (plural) and we.
Andukū salaṭh libnānī? ʿAndinā salaṭh ḫaḍrh.
"Do you have Lebanese salad? We have green salad."

Now we study the rest of the verb "to have": the plural forms for you and we. Just like we have
done before, we will take ʿand and add kū to it, and that forms the plural form of you.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #12 - DO YOU HAVE LEBANES E S ALAD? 6

To form the we form, we will take ʿand and add nā, which will give us ʿandinā, which means
"we have."

Do you still remember how to say "you (plural) don't have" and "we don't have"?

Review of Adjectives: ṭabaʾ ṣuġayyar

Just like we explained before, adjectives always follow the nouns they modify and must agree
with them in both gender and number.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Are You Going to Eat Your Salad...

Egyptian food is known for having a wide variety and very interesting ingredients. A very
important part of it is the salad, it comes with the food, or just a little bit before it, and forms a
very important part of the meal. Not only do Egyptians enjoy salad, but other Arab-speaking
natives enjoy it also: they believe it improves your appetite. Wherever you go, whether the
restaurant is large or small, expensive or cheap, you will get excellent food that's always
accompanied by salad.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #12 - DO YOU HAVE LEBANES E S ALAD? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #13
Keep the Rest for You!

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
4 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 13
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫إﺗـــﻔــﻀــﻠـﻮ اﻷﻛــﻞ ‪ ،‬أي ﺧـﺪﻣـﺔ ﺗﺎﻧــﻴﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻳــﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻤــﻜــﻦ ﻋــﺼﻴﺮ ﺑــﺮﺗـــﻘﺎن ﻃﺎزة ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫و أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﺰة إزازة ﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻛــﺒــﺎﻳـــﺔ ﺷﺎي ﻟــﻮ ﺳــﻤـﺤــﺘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻋــﺼﻴﺮ ﺑــﺮﺗـــﻘﺎن ﻃﺎزة ‪ ،‬إزازة ﻣــﻴــﺔ و ﻛــﺒــﺎﻳـــﺔ ﺷﺎي ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣــﻤــﻜــﻦ اﻟﺤــﺴﺎب؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫إﺗــﻔــﻀــﻠﻮ ‪،‬اﻟﺤـﺴﺎب ﺧــﻤـﺴﺔ و ﺧــﻤــﺴﻴﻦ ) ‪ (55‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬أي‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﺧـﺪﻣـﺔ ﺗﺎﻧــﻴﺔ ؟‬

‫ﻷ ‪ ،‬آدي ﺳـﺘـــﻴـﻦ ) ‪ ، ( 60‬ﺧـﻠـﻲ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋــﺸﺎﻧﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﺷــﻜــﺮاً ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻊ اﻟﺴــﻼﻣـﺔ !‬ ‫اﻟﺠــﺮﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴــﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ و ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫إﺗــْـﻔـَـﻀـَّـﻠـﻮ اﻷﻛـْـﻞ ‪ ،‬أي ﺧـِﺪْﻣـﺔ ﺗﺎﻧـْـﻴﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻳـْـﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻣـُـﻤـْـﻜـِـﻦ ﻋـَـﺼﻴﺮ ﺑـُـ ﺮْﺗــُـﻘﺎن ﻃﺎزة ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫و أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﺰة إزازة ﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬و ﻛـُـﺒـّـﺎﻳـــِﺔ ْ ﺷﺎي ﻟـَـﻮ ﺳـَـﻤـَﺤـْـﺘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫!‪NEWBI E S 2 #13 - KEEP T HE RES T FOR YOU‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ، ‫ إزازة ْ ﻣـَـﻴـّـﺔ و ﻛـُـﺒـّـﺎﻳـــِﺔ ْ ْ ﺷﺎي‬، ‫ﻋـَـﺼﻴﺮ ﺑـُـ ﺮْﺗــُـﻘﺎن ﻃﺎزة‬ :‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‬ .4

.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻣـُـﻤـْـﻜـِـﻦ اﻟﺤـِـﺴﺎب؟‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .5

‫ أي‬، ‫( ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬55 ) ‫اﻟﺤـِﺴﺎب ﺧـَـﻤـْﺴﺔ و ﺧـَـﻤـْـﺴﻴﻦ‬، ‫إﺗــْـﻔـَـﻀ ّـَـﻠﻮ‬ :‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‬ .6

‫ﺧـِﺪْﻣـﺔ ﺗﺎﻧـْـﻴﺔ ؟‬

.‫ ﺧـَـﻠـّﻲ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋـَـﺸﺎﻧِﻚ‬، ( 60 ) ‫ آدي ﺳـِﺘــِّـﻴـﻦ‬، ‫ﻷ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .7

! ‫ ﻣـَـﻊ اﻟﺴ ّـَـﻼﻣـﺔ‬، ً‫ﺷـُـﻜـْـﺮا‬ :‫اﻟﺠـَـ ﺮْﺳـﻮﻧﺔ‬ .8

.‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴـَّـﻼﻣﺔ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ و ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .9

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. IL-GARSŪNH: ʾtfaḍḍalū il-ʾkl , ʾy ḫidmh tānyh ?

2. RŪLĀND: ʾwyh, mumkin ʿaṣīr burtuʾān ṭāzh ?

3. HĀLH: Wa ʾna ʿāyzh ʾizāzit mayyh , wa kubbāyit šāy law samaḥtī

4. IL-GARSŪNH: ʿaṣīr burtuʾān ṭāzh wa kubbāyit šāy, māšī

5. HĀLH: Mumkin il- ḥisāb ?

6. IL-GARSŪNH: ʾtfaḍḍalū, il- ḥisāb ḫamsh wa ḫamsīn ginīh , ʾy ḫidmh tānya ?

7. RŪLĀND: lʾ, ʾadī sittīn ginīh, ḫallī ilbāʾī ʿašānik

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #13 - KEEP T HE RES T FOR YOU! 3

8. IL-GARSŪNH: Šukran , maʿh issalamh

9. RŪLĀND WA maʿh issalamh

HĀLH:

ENGLISH

1. WAITRESS: Here is the food, anything else?

2. ROLAND: Yes, can I have fresh orange juice?

3. HALA: And I want a bottle of water, and a glass of tea, please.

4. WAITRESS: Fresh orange juice, a bottle of water, and a glass of tea, Okay.

5. HALA: May I have the check?

6. WAITRESS: Here you are. Fifty-five pounds; anything else?

7. ROLAND: No. Here is sixty pounds; keep the rest for yourself.

8. WAITRESS: Thank you; good bye.

9. ROLAND AND Good bye!

HALA:

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #13 - KEEP T HE RES T FOR YOU! 4

 for you/ for
yourself
‫ﻋـﺸﺎﻧِﻚ‬ ʿašānik (Egyptian phrase feminine

Arabic)

‫ﺑـﻌـﺪ‬ baʿd after adverb

keep (Egyptian verb

‫ﺧــﻠـﻲ‬ ḫallī Arabic) (imperative)

‫ﺷﺎي‬ šāy tea noun masculine

water (Egyptian
‫ﻣــﻴـﺔ‬ mayyah noun feminine
Arabic)

a glass
‫ﻛــﺒــﺎﻳـــﺔ‬ kubbāyah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

orange
‫ﺑــﺮﺗـــﻘﺎن‬ burtuʾān (Egyptian noun masculine
Arabic)

a bottle
‫إزازة‬ ʾizāzah (Egyptian phrase feminine
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫ﺧــﻠـﻲ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋــﺸﺎﻧﻚ‬ .‫ﻋﻨﺪي درس ﺑــﻌـﺪ ﺷــﻮﻳـﺔ‬

ḫallī elbāʾī ʿašānik. ʿandī dars baʿd šwayyah.

Keep the rest for you. (Egyptian Arabic) I have a lesson after a (short) while.
(Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #13 - KEEP T HE RES T FOR YOU! 5

 .‫ﺧــﻠـﻲ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋــﺸﺎﻧﻚ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﻮن ﻳﺤﺒﻮن ﺷﺮب اﻟﺸﺎي ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻐﺪاء‬
ḫallī elbāʾī ʿašānik. al-miṣriyyūn yuḥibbūn šurb al-šāī baʿd al-ġadāʾ.

Keep the rest for you. (Egyptian Arabic) Egyptians like to drink tea after having
lunch.

.‫دي ﻛﺒﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺎي‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎم إزازة اﻟﻤــﻴــﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ؟‬

dī kubbāyit šāy bikām ʾizāzit el-mayyah el-kibīrah ?

This is a glass of tea. (Egyptian Arabic) How much is a big bottle of water?
(Egyptian Arabic)

.‫دي ﻛﺒﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺎي‬ .‫ﻋﺎﻳــﺰ ﻋــﺼﻴﺮ ﺑــﺮﺗـــﻘﺎن ﻃﺎزة‬

dī kubbāyit šāy ʿāyiz ʿaṣīr burtuʾān ṭāzah.

This is a glass of tea. (Egyptian Arabic) I want fresh orange juice. (Egyptian Arabic)

‫ﺑﻜﺎم إزازة اﻟﻤــﻴــﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ؟‬

bikām ʾizāzit el-mayyah el-kibīrah ?

How much is a big bottle of water? (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1.-ḫallī il-bāʾī ʿašānik

This means, "…keep the rest for yourself," one of many ways to give tips, very polite and
popular. The verb used here, ḫallī, has six meanings depending where it comes in the
sentence, but in this case, it's imperative with the meaning of "keep."

2.- ʿašānik

This is ʿašān, which has an important meaning as "because," plus three more meanings: "in
order to," "so that," and "for." In this sentence, it was attached to ik, whenever it's found
attached to ik, it gives the meaning "for you," "for him" and so on - not "because of you," this is
very important as it's used all the time with this meaning.

GRAMMAR

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #13 - KEEP T HE RES T FOR YOU! 6

The Focus of This Lesson is the Noun Construct
ʿʾizāzit mayyh
"a bottle of water"

In Arabic, the word "of" doesn't exist, but is replaced by the noun construct "We had a bottle
OF water." "Bottle" is a feminine noun in Arabic, so in order to give the effect of "of," we
pronounce the last letter clearly. It was a t, but is generally pronounced like a, and by
pronouncing it [it], we give it the "of" meaning. So ʾizāzit mayyh, is literally, "bottle water," and
the meaning is "a bottle of water." It's found in another example, kubbāyit šāy ("a glass of
tea"); kubbāyh is "a glass," šāy is "tea." By pronouncing the t, we made it, "a glass of tea."

CULTURAL INSIGHT

How Gratuitous Do You Feel After Eating Arabic Food?

After enjoying a delicious meal in any Egyptian restaurant and paying the check, it's expected
to leave tips; the trick is, how much and how to make sure it's the right amount, so here is how
it goes!

In a small, normal restaurant, it's any amount between three to six percent, depending on the
place. But, in big restaurants, its ten percent of the total. This is not official, but it's common
knowledge to everyone. The more pleased you are, the more you can give, even if you're just
buying sandwiches and leaving, you would be expected to leave a very small tip to the guy
who makes it or the guy who wraps it. Usually, he does both.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #13 - KEEP T HE RES T FOR YOU! 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #14
Whose Book?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
4 Egyptian Romanization
4 English
5 Vocabulary
6 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
7 Grammar
8 Cultural Insight

# 14
COPYRIGHT © 2015 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻫــﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬إﻳﻪ ده ؟‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ده ﻛــﺘﺎب ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫـــﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻛــﺘﺎب ﻣﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻛـﺘﺎب روﻻﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫــﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫إﻳﻪ دي ؟‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫دي ﺷـــﻨــﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫــﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﺷـــﻨــﻄﺔ ﻣﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﺷـــﻨــﻄﺔ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫـــﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫دي ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫ﻷ ‪ ،‬دي ﻣـﺶ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬دي ﻃﺎﻟـﺒﺔ ﺟـﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.10‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻫــِـﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬إﻳﻪ دا ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫دا ﻛـِـﺘﺎب ﻋـَـ ﺮَﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻛـِـﺘﺎب ﻣﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #14 - WHOS E BOOK‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ﻛـِـﺘﺎب روﻻﻧﺪ أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻫــِـﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬إﻳﻪ دا ؟‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫دا ﻛـِـﺘﺎب ﻋـَـ ﺮَﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻛـِـﺘﺎب ﻣﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻛـِـﺘﺎب روﻻﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫إﻳﻪ دي ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫دي ﺷـَــﻨـْـﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫ﺷـَــﻨـْـﻄﺔ ْ ﻣﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.10‬‬

‫ﺷـَــﻨـْـﻄﺔ ْ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.11‬‬

‫دي ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.12‬‬

‫ﻷ ‪ ،‬دي ﻣـِﺶ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬دي ﻃﺎﻟـِﺒﺔ ﺟـِﺪﻳﺪة‬ ‫ﻫـِﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.13‬‬

‫إﻳﻪ دي ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.14‬‬

‫دي ﺷـَــﻨـْـﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.15‬‬

‫ﺷـَــﻨـْـﻄﺔ ْ ﻣﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.16‬‬

‫ﺷـَــﻨـْـﻄﺔ ْ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.17‬‬

‫دي ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ؟‬ ‫أﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.18‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #14 - WHOS E BOOK‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

 ‫ دي ﻃﺎﻟـِﺒﺔ ﺟـِﺪﻳﺪة‬، ‫ دي ﻣـِﺶ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬، ‫ﻷ‬ :‫ﻫـِﺒﺔ‬ .19

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. ʾḤMAD : Yā hibh, ʾeh dā ?

2. HIBH: Dā kitāb ʿarabī

3. ʾḤMAD: kitāb mīn ?

4. HIBH: kitāb Rūlānd

5. ʾḤMAD: ʾeh dī ?

6. HIBH: dī šanṭh

7. ʾḤMAD: šanṭit mīn ?

8. HIBH: šanṭit Hālh

9. ʾḤMAD: dī Hālh ?

10. HIBH: laʾ , dī miš Hālh, dī ṭālibh gidīdh

ENGLISH

1. AHMED: Heba, what's this?

2. HEBA: This is an Arabic book

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #14 - WHOS E BOOK? 4

3. AHMED: Whose book?

4. HEBA: Roland's book.

5. AHMED: What's this?

6. HEBA: This is a bag.

7. AHMED: Whose bag?

8. HEBA: Hala's bag.

9. AHMED: Is this Hala?

10. HEBA: No, this is not Hala; this is a new student.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

new (Egyptian
‫ﺟـﺪﻳﺪة‬ gidīdah adjective feminine
Arabic)

‫ﻛـﺘﺎب‬ kitāb book noun masculine

student
‫ﻃﺎﻟـﺒﺔ‬ ṭālibah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

bag (Egyptian
‫ﺷـــﻨــﻄﺔ‬ šanṭah noun feminine
Arabic)

this is, this

(Egyptian demonstrative
‫ده‬ dih feminine
Arabic) pronoun

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #14 - WHOS E BOOK? 5

 this is (Egyptian demonstrative
‫ده‬ dah Arabic) pronoun masculine

who / who is
‫ﻣﻴﻦ‬ mīn (Egyptian question word
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫أﻧﺎ ﺑـﺪرس ﻟـﻐﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‬ .‫ده ﻛـﺘﺎب‬

ʾnā badris luġah gidīdah. dah kitaāb.

I'm studying a new language. (Egyptian This is a book. (Egyptian Arabic)

Arabic)

.‫دي ﻃﺎﻟـﺒﺔ ﺟـﺪﻳﺪة‬ .‫ده ﺷﻨﻄﺔ‬

dī ṭālibah gidīdah. dih šanṭah.

This is a new student. (Egyptian Arabic) This is a bag. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ده ﺷﻨﻄﺔ‬ .‫ده ﻛـﺘﺎب‬

dih šanṭah. dah kitaāb.

This is a bag. (Egyptian Arabic) This is a book. (Egyptian Arabic)

‫ﻣﻴﻦ راﻳــﺢ اﻟﺤـﻔـﻠﺔ ؟‬

mīn rāyiḥ el-ḥaflah ?

Who is going to the party? (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1.-Yā hibah

The use of Yā is very important; it's a simple calling article, like "oi" in English, except that we
use it all the time, when calling someone even a short distance or while talking to someone.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #14 - WHOS E BOOK? 6

We use it to get the person's attention even more; it's also used when addressing people we
don't know, but it comes with "Mr." or "Ms." We can use it with adjectives as well; it doesn't add
to the meaning, but is more of a habit while talking. It comes with some nouns and adjectives
and gives a completely different meaning, and in that case, it works as an expression, not a
calling article, as it's very difficult to separate the meaning.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is Using Demonstrative Pronouns, Masculine and Feminine
dī šanṭah, Dā kitāb
"This is a bag. This is a book."

The demonstrative pronoun comes in three forms; most common are the masculine and
feminine forms. It depends on the noun that it has to agree with. Same thing with adjectives;
as v ("to be") doesn't exist, the meaning would be complete and correct so we have Dā-dī,
which means, "this is." Just by saying Dā kitāb, it means, "This is a book." Also, notice there is
no indefinite article; simply not using the definite article gives the correct meaning. So if we
say Dā il-kitāb, it means, "This is the book." And with feminine nouns, we use dī, so dī šanṭh
means, "This is a bag." Same rule of the indefinite article applies here. To say "This is the
bag," it is dī il-šanṭh.

Using the Noun Construct to Give Possession

In the conversation, we heard šanṭit Hālh, which means, "Heba's bag." The possessive -s
does exist in Arabic as a word, but by using the noun construct, it's in the meaning, šanṭh
("bag") and šanṭit ("the bag of..." or "....'s bag").

In the masculine form, it's even easier as no change in the pronunciation occurs. So just by
adding the two nouns to each other, we get the possessive. For example, kitāb Rūlānd, is
"Roland's book."

To use the Noun Construct, we must follow these rules.

1. Both words are nouns.

2. First is indefinite, second is definite.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #14 - WHOS E BOOK? 7

3. In the case of feminine nouns, we have to pronounce the -t at the end of the first
feminine noun, otherwise the meaning won't be accurate.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Do We Have to Watch Our Belongings at School?

Egyptians are good at getting used to places and people fast, especially a place like school.
Gradually, school becomes more and more like home and friends become like family.
Therefore, it is almost impossible to imagine that someone would steal your belongings.
That's why Egyptians don't worry too much about keeping an eye on their belongings when
leaving their seat for a while.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #14 - WHOS E BOOK? 8

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #15
These Are Students at the
University

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
4 English
5 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 15
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ده إﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ده ﻗﺎﻣـﻮس ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ إﻧــﺠـﻠﻴﺰي‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫـــﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺑــﻜـﺎم ده ؟‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻣــﺶ ﻋﺎرﻓـﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫـــﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫اﻟﻘـﺎﻣـﻮس ب ‪ 50‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗـﺎﻣـﻮس ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ أﺳــﺒﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻣــﻔـﻴﺶ ‪ ،‬دي ﻗـــﻮاﻣـﻴﺲ ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ إﻧـﺠـﻠﻴﺰي ﺑـﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫و اﻟﻜــﺘـﺐ دي ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫دي ﻛــﺘــﺐ ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺣــﻤــﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫و ﻣﻴﻦ دول ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.10‬‬

‫دول ﻃــﻼب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣـﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.11‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫دا إﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫دا ﻗﺎﻣـﻮس ﻋـَـ ﺮَﺑﻲ إﻧـْـﺠـﻠﻴﺰي‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫‪NEWBI E S 2 #15 - T HES E ARE S T UDENT S AT T HE UNI VERS I T Y‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
 ‫ﺑــِﻜـﺎم دا ؟‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻣـِـﺶ ﻋﺎرْﻓـﺔ‬ ‫ﻫــِـﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫اﻟﻘـﺎﻣـﻮس ب ‪ 50‬ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗـﺎﻣـﻮس ﻋـَـ ﺮَﺑﻲ أﺳـْـﺒﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻣـَـﻔـﻴﺶ ‪ ،‬دي ﻗــَـﻮاﻣـﻴﺲ ﻋـَـ ﺮَﺑﻲ إﻧـْـﺠـﻠﻴﺰي ﺑـَﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫و اﻟﻜـُـﺘــُﺐ دي ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫دي ﻛـُـﺘــُﺐ ﻋـَـ ﺮَﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺣـْـﻤـَـﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫و ﻣﻴﻦ دول ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.10‬‬

‫دول ﻃـُـﻼب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣـْﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.11‬‬

‫‪EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION‬‬

‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪ʾḤMAD:‬‬ ‫? ‪dā eeh‬‬

‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪HIBA:‬‬ ‫‪dā qāmūs ʿarabī ʾinglīzī‬‬

‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪ʾḤMAD:‬‬ ‫? ‪bikām dā‬‬

‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪HIBA:‬‬ ‫‪miš ʿārfh‬‬

‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪HĀLH:‬‬ ‫‪il-qāmūs bi ḫamsīn ginīh‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫‪NEWBI E S 2 #15 - T HES E ARE S T UDENT S AT T HE UNI VERS I T Y‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
6. RŪLĀND: fīh qāmūs ʿarabī ʾsbānī ?

7. ʾḤMAD: lā, mafīš , dī qāwāmīs ʿarabī ʾinglīzī bas

8. RŪLĀND: wel kutub dī ?

9. ʾḤMAD: dī kutub ʿarabī

10. RŪLĀND: wa mīn dūl ?

11. HĀLH: dūl ṭullāb fil-gāmʿh

ENGLISH

1. AHMED: What's this?

2. HEBA: This is an Arabic-English dictionary.

3. AHMED: How much is this?

4. HEBA: I don’t know.

5. HALA: The dictionary is fifty pounds.

6. ROLAND: Is there an Arabic-Spanish dictionary?

7. AHMED: No, there isn’t; these are Arabic-English dictionaries only.

8. ROLAND: And these books?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #15 - T HES E ARE S T UDENT S AT T HE UNI VERS I T Y 4

9. AHMED: These are Arabic books.

10. ROLAND: And who are these people?

11. HALA: These are students at the university.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫ﻗـﺎﻣـﻮس‬ qāmūs dictionary noun masculine

‫ﻛـــﺘــﺐ‬ kutub books noun plural

‫ﻃـﻼب‬ ṭullāb students noun plural

university
‫ﺟﺎﻣـﻌﺔ‬ gāmʿah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

these / those
are (Egyptian demonstrative
‫دول‬ dūl plural
Arabic) pronoun

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫ده ﻗﺎﻣـﻮس ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ إﻧــﺠـﻠﻴﺰي‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﻋـﻨـﺪي ﻛـﺘـﺐ ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‬

dah qāmūs ʿarabī ʾinglīzī. ʾnā ʿandī kutub kitīr.

This is an Arabic-English dictionary. I have a lot of books. (Egyptian Arabic)

(Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #15 - T HES E ARE S T UDENT S AT T HE UNI VERS I T Y 5

 .‫دول ﻃـﻼب ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
dūl ṭullāb min faransā. ʾanā fī al-ǧāmiʿah.

These are students from France. (Egyptian I'm at university. (Egyptian Arabic)
Arabic)

.‫دول ﻃــﻼب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬

dūl ṭullāb fī el-gāmʿah .

These are students in the university. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1.-wel kutub dī

Here no question words were used, but the meaning was not finished either, so it gives the
meaning of a question, especially when using the rising intonation. The meaning for this
sentence is, "And these books?" The answer here could be a different thing, so it depends on
the context to give the right answer.

2.-bas

We have a sentence here that says, dī qāwāmīs ʿarabī ʾinglīzī bas ("These are Arabic-English
dictionaries only"). The word bas here means, "as only," while in other lessons we learned it
as, "but." It has two meanings, "but" and "only." There actually is a third meaning we shall see
in future lessons, "enough."

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is the Demonstrative Pronoun, Plural

dūl ṭullāb
"These are students."

When using the plural form of humans (students, girls, employees, etc.), we use the
demonstrative pronoun to go with it, which is dūl, meaning, "these are" or "those are."

Demonstrative Pronoun for Non-Human Plurals

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #15 - T HES E ARE S T UDENT S AT T HE UNI VERS I T Y 6

When dealing with non-human plurals, we always use the single feminine tool for that. So if
we want to say, "These are books" or "Those are dictionaries," we say dī kutub, or dī qāwāmīs.
This rule applies to all cases of inanimate plurals and also when using adjectives with these
plurals. For example, to say, "These are good books," say dī kutub kuwayyis; feminine tool,
feminine adjective.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Egyptian Dialects

Egypt is a very big country with a lot of dialects inside it and small differences as well.
Sometimes, what might be correct in one place could be strange (not wrong) in another. If
you're speaking the common dialect, very few people might try to correct you into speaking
their dialect from some other place in Egypt, but if it's the other way around, and you used a
word common in a small city but not to everyone, people will automatically correct you, and
explain this difference to you. So the best way to learn Arabic is to speak it with people, and
not worry about any mistakes!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #15 - T HES E ARE S T UDENT S AT T HE UNI VERS I T Y 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #16
Arabic Possessive Pronouns: This is
NOT My Book!

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 16
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫــﻼً ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬إزﻳـﻚ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫اﻟﺤــﻤـﺪ ﻟـﻠـﻪ ﺗــﻤﺎم ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺸـﻐﻮﻟﺔ ﺷـﻮﻳـﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤـﺪرﺳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﺶ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻛـﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬ﻛـﻮﻳـﺲ ﻗﻮي اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ده‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻳـﻮة ‪ ،‬ده ﻛـﺘﺎﺑﻲ اﻟﺠــﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻦ ﻛــﺘﺎﺑــﻚ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻛـﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻃـﻴـﺐ ‪،‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛـﺘﺎب ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘـﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ده ﻛــﺘﺎﺑـــﻚ ﻛﻤﺎن ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﻷ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺶ ﻋﺎرﻓﺔ ﻛـﺘﺎب ﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ داﻳـﻤﺎً ﻫـﻨﺎ !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫـْـﻼً ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬إ زَّﻳـِّﻚ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫اﻟﺤـَـﻤـْﺪُ ﻟـِﻠـَّﻪ ﺗـَـﻤﺎم ‪ ،‬ﻣـَﺸـْﻐﻮﻟﺔ ﺷـِﻮَﻳـﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤـَﺪْرَﺳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﺶ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻛـَﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬ﻛ ُـﻮَﻳـِّﺲ ﻗﻮي اﻟﻜﺘﺎب دا‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻳـْﻮة ‪ ،‬دا ﻛـِﺘﺎﺑﻲ اﻟﺠـِـﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻦ ﻛـِـﺘﺎﺑـَـﻚ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻛـِﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫!‪NEWBI E S 2 #16 - ARABI C POS S ES S I VE PRONOUNS : T HI S I S NOT MY BOOK‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
 .‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛـِﺘﺎب ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘـَّﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‬، ‫ﻃـَﻴـِّﺐ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .6

‫دا ﻛـِـﺘﺎﺑــِـﻚ ﻛﻤﺎن ؟‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .7

! ‫ ﺑﺲ داﻳـْﻤﺎً ﻫـِﻨﺎ‬، ‫ ﻣـِﺶ ﻋﺎرْﻓﺔ ﻛـِﺘﺎب ﻣﻴﻦ‬، ‫ﻷ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: ʾhlan yā Hālah , ʾizzayyik ?

2. HĀLAH: ʾilḥamdu lillah tamām , mašġūlh šwayyh fī ʾil-madrash

3. RŪLĀND: maʿliš, ʾnā kamān ,kuwayyis awī ʾilkitāb dā

4. HĀLAH: ʾywh , dā kitābī ʾilgidīd, fīn kitābak ?

5. RŪLĀND: kitābī fī ʾilbīt .

6. HĀLAH: ṭayyib ,fīh kitāb tānī ʿalā ʾiltarābīzh

7. RŪLĀND: dā kitābik kamān ?

8. HĀLAH: laʾ, miš ʿārfh kitāb mīn , bas dāyman hinā !

ENGLISH

1. ROLAND: Hi Hala, how are you?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #16 - ARABI C POS S ES S I VE PRONOUNS : T HI S I S NOT MY BOOK! 3

2. HALA: Well, all thanks to God. A little busy at school.

3. ROLAND: That’s okay, me too! This book is very good.

4. HALA: Yes, it’s my new book. Where is your book?

5. ROLAND: My book is at home.

6. HALA: Okay, there is another book on the table.

7. ROLAND: Is this your book also (as well)?

8. HALA: No, I don’t know whose book it is, but it’s always here!

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

busy (Egyptian
‫ﻣـﺸـﻐﻮﻟﺔ‬ mašġūlah adjective feminine
Arabic)

table (Egyptian
‫ﺗﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‬ tarābīzah noun feminine
Arabic)

always
‫داﻳـﻤﺎ‬ dāyman (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

‫ﻛـﺘﺎب‬ kitāb book noun masculine

new (Egyptian
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ gidīd adjective masculine
Arabic)

another, again
‫ﺗﺎﻧﻲ‬ tānī (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #16 - ARABI C POS S ES S I VE PRONOUNS : T HI S I S NOT MY BOOK! 4

 also, as well
‫ﻛــﻤﺎن‬ (Egyptian
kamān adverb
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫أﻧﺎ ﻣـﺸـﻐﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرس‬ .‫اﻟﻜـﺘﺎب و اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‬

ʾnā mašġūlah fī el-dars. el-kitāb wi el-qāmūs ʿalā el-tarābīzah.

I'm busy with the lesson. (Egyptian Arabic) The book and the dictionary are on the
table. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃـﻢ داﻳﻤﺎً ﻃﺎزة‬ .‫ده ﻛـﺘﺎب‬

el-ṭamāṭim dāyman ṭāzah. Dā kitāb.

The tomatoes are always fresh. (Egyptian This is a book. (Egyptian Arabic)
Arabic)

.‫ده ﺑﻴﺘﻲ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ .‫ ﻋﺎﻳﺰ ﺷﺎي ﺗﺎﻧﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ‬

dah bītī el-gidīd. law samaḥt , ʿāyiz šāī tānī.

This is my new house. (Egyptian Arabic) Excuse me, I want another tea. (Egyptian
Arabic)

.‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻄﺎر و ﻏﺪا ﻛﻤﺎن‬

fīh fiṭār wi ġadā kamān.

There is breakfast and lunch as well (also lunch). (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

‫ ﻣ ﻌﻠﺶ‬.1

A very important word/ expression, we use to express sympathy sometimes, as in "I had a
very bad day," or "I lost my money, the test was very hard, and the food was salty."

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #16 - ARABI C POS S ES S I VE PRONOUNS : T HI S I S NOT MY BOOK! 5

The automatic response here would be ‫ ﻣﻌﻠﺶ‬. We also use it as "never mind" or "don't worry,
put it behind your back" or even as "come on it's okay!" It's very common to hear it from all
people at all times.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson is the Possessive Pronouns with Masculine Nouns
dā kitābī
"This is my book."

Learning and using possessive pronouns is very easy in Arabic. However, it's different
compared to many languages, as we attach the possessive at the end of the noun so it forms
one word. We demonstrate this as we both write and speak it. In the example above, we used
"my book," which was kitābī. "Book" is just kitāb and we add the possessive for I (ī). This
applies to all nouns with no exception.

"Your" - Masculine and Feminine

To form "your," we have to keep on mind that it will be in masculine, feminine, or plural form.
Now, we will learn the masculine and feminine forms.

Kitāb means, "book." To say, "your book" for a man, we add ak at the end, so it will be kitābak.
To say, "your book" for a female, we will add the ik sound at the end, so it will be kitābik. It's
very important to remember the difference, and that we treat it as one word.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Arabic Generosity

It's very common to go into a place and find an extra item, or something that doesn't have an
owner, for example books or dictionaries in a class. People leave things for others to benefit
from as long as they're in good shape. Some might leave things because they don't want to
carry them around, but in that case, they will leave them in a more private place. If you go
some place and you find extra items lying around, it's okay to use them. You may keep them if
you make sure there is more copies or, for example and that no one needed it.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #16 - ARABI C POS S ES S I VE PRONOUNS : T HI S I S NOT MY BOOK! 6

This is just one form of the Arabic generosity!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #16 - ARABI C POS S ES S I VE PRONOUNS : T HI S I S NOT MY BOOK! 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #17
Where is Your Class?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 17
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫﻼً ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻳﻪ اﻟﻨﻬﺎردة ؟‬ ‫ﺳـﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـﻴـﺔ ﻣــﻴﺔ ﺷــﻜـﺮاً ‪ ،‬و اﻧﺘﻲ أﺧـﺒﺎرك اﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣـﺶ ﺑـﻄـﺎل ‪ ،‬راﻳـﺤﺔ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﺸﺎن درس اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳـﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻧﺎ و روﻻﻧﺪ راﻳﺤﻴﻦ ﻓــﺼـﻠـﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ ﺑـﻌـﺪ ﺷـﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻜﻮ ؟ ﻣﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور ده ؟‬ ‫ﺳـﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻷ ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻟﺘـﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺟــﻨـﺐ اﻟﻤـﻜــﺘـﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺤـﻈﻮﻇﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻚ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫أﻳﻮة ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ اﻟﻤــﻜﺘـﺒﺔ ﻣـﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬و أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـﺰة اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳـﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﻳﻼ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬اﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﺼـﻞ ‪ ،‬و اﻧﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤـﻜـﺘـﺒﺔ !‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫﻼً ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻳﻪ اﻟﻨﻬﺎردة ؟‬ ‫ﺳـُﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـِﻴـّﺔ ﻣـِـﻴّﺔ ﺷـُـﻜـْﺮاً ‪ ،‬و اﻧﺘﻲ أﺧـْﺒﺎرِك اﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻣـِﺶ ﺑـَﻄـّﺎل ‪ ،‬راﻳـْﺤﺔ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﺸﺎن درس اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳـُﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫أﻧﺎ و روﻻﻧﺪ راﻳﺤﻴﻦ ﻓـَـﺼـْﻠـِﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ ﺑـَﻌـْﺪ ﺷـِﻮَﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫? ‪NEWBI E S 2 #17 - WHERE I S YOUR CLAS S‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﻓـَـﺼـْﻠـُﻜﻮ ؟ ﻣﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪّور دا ؟‬ :‫ﺳـُﻌﺎد‬ .5

.‫ ﺟـَـﻨـْﺐ اﻟﻤـَﻜـْـﺘـَﺒﺔ‬، ‫ ﻓـَﺼـْﻠـِﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻟﺘـّﺎﻧﻲ‬، ‫ﻷ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

. ‫ ﻓـَﺼـْﻠـِﻚ ﻫﻨﺎ‬، ‫اﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺤـْﻈﻮﻇﺔ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .7

.‫ و أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳـْﺰة اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس‬، ‫ ﺑﺲ اﻟﻤـَـﻜﺘـَﺒﺔ ﻣـِﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ‬، ‫أﻳﻮة‬ :‫ﺳـُﻌﺎد‬ .8

! ‫ و اﻧﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤـَﻜـْﺘـَﺒﺔ‬، ‫ اﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔَﺼـْﻞ‬،‫ﻳﻼ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .9

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. SUʿĀD: ʾhlan Hālh , ʿāmlh ʾih in-nahārdh ?

2. HĀLH: miyyh miyyh šukran , wi ʿintī ʿḫbārik ʿih ?

3. SUʿĀD: miš baṭṭāl , rāyḥh faṣlī ʿašān dars ʿilfaransāwī

4. HĀLH: ʿnā wi Rūlānd rāyḥīn faṣlinā kamān , bas baʿd šuwayyh

5. SUʿĀD: Fīn faṣlukū ? miš fī id-dūr dā ?

6. RŪLĀND: laʿ , faṣlinā fī id-dūr it-tānī ,ganb ʿilmaktabh

7. HĀLH: ʿintī maḥẓūẓh , faṣlik hinā

8. SUʿĀD: ʿywh , bas ʿilmaktabh miš hinā, wi ʿnā ʿāyzh ʿil-qāmūs

9. RŪLĀND: yallā bīnā, ʿiḥnā ʿalā ʿilfaṣl, wi ʿintī ʿalā ʿilmaktbh !

ENGLISH
CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #17 - WHERE I S YOUR CLAS S ? 3

1. SOAD: Hi Hala, how are you today?

2. HALA: One hundred percent, thanks, and what's your news (what's up,
what's new)?

3. SOAD: Not so bad, going to my class for the French lesson.

4. HALA: Roland and I are going to our class as well, but in a little while.

5. SOAD: Where is your class? Not on this floor?

6. RULAND: No, our class is at the second floor, next to the library.

7. HALA: You're lucky your class is here.

8. SOAD: Yes, but the library is not here and I need the dictionary.

9. ROLAND: Let's go—us to our class and you to the library!

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫ﻓﺼـﻞ‬ faṣl class noun masculine

‫ﻗـﺎﻣـﻮس‬ qāmūs dictionary noun masculine

‫ﻣـﺤـﻈﻮﻇﺔ‬ maḥẓūẓa lucky adjective

second
‫ﺗﺎﻧﻲ‬ tānī (Egyptian adverb masculine
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #17 - WHERE I S YOUR CLAS S ? 4

 first (Egyptian
‫أول‬ ʾawwil Arabic) adjective masculine

floor (Egyptian
‫دور‬ dūr noun masculine
Arabic)

(we are) going

‫راﻳـﺤﻴﻦ‬ rāyḥīn to (Egyptian participle plural
Arabic)

going to
‫راﻳـﺤﺔ‬ rāyḥah (Egyptian participle feminine
Arabic)

‫أﺧـﺒﺎر‬ ʾaḫbār news noun plural

library,
‫ﻣـﻜـﺘـﺒﺔ‬ maktabah bookcase, noun feminine
bookstore

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ و ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃـﻼب ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‬ .‫ده ﻗﺎﻣـﻮس ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ إﻧــﺠـﻠﻴﺰي‬

el-faṣl kibīr wi fīh ṭullāb kitīr. dah qāmūs ʿarabī ʾinglīzī.

The class is big and has a lot of students This is an Arabic-English dictionary.
in it. (Egyptian Arabic) (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫أﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻚ ﺣﻈﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪا‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﻣـﺤﻈﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻋﻨﺪي أﺻﺤﺎب ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‬

ʾatamannā laka ḥaẓẓan saʿīdan. ʾnā maḥẓūẓah ʿašān ʿandī ʾṣḥāb kitīr.

I wish you a good luck. I'm lucky because I have a lot of friends.
(Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻔـﺼـﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻟﺘـﺎﻧﻲ‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛـﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻷول‬

el-faṣl fī el-dūr el-tānī. ʾnā sākin fī el-dūr el-ʾawwil.

The class is on the second floor. (Egyptian I live on the first floor. (Egyptian Arabic)
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #17 - WHERE I S YOUR CLAS S ? 5

 .‫أﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛـﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻷول‬ .‫إﺣـﻨﺎ راﻳـﺤﻴﻦ اﻟﺪرس دﻟـﻮﻗـﺘﻲ‬
ʾnā sākin fī el-dūr el-ʾawwil. ʾiḥnā rāyḥīn el-dars dilwaʾtī.

I live on the first floor. (Egyptian Arabic) We are going to the lesson now. (Egyptian
Arabic)

. ‫أﻧﺎ راﻳﺤﺔ اﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ‬ . ‫أﻧﺎ ﺑﺴﻤﻊ اﻷﺧﺒﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ‬

ʾanā rāyḥah el-šuġl baʿdīn . ʾnā basmaʿ el-ʾḫbār fī el-rādyū .

I'm going to work later. (Egyptian Arabic) I'm listening to the news on the radio.
(Egyptian Arabic)

. ‫اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺟﻨﺐ اﻟﻤﻄﻌﻢ‬

al-maktabah ǧanb el-maṭʿam .

The library is next to the restaurant. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. miyya miyya

A very informal expression, and very common as well, when using numbers, miyya means
"one hundred." So saying miyya miyya, means "one hundred percent," which means
"excellent" or "perfect," and you can use it to express your mood, health, and how you like
something such as food or even a movie or people.

2. "Not so bad," .‫ﻣﺶ ﺑﻄﺎل‬

This is another informal and common expression, and we can use it the same way as miyya
miyya. This phrase means that you're not excellent, so expect people to ask you why or what's
wrong and to try to help. So be careful with the word you use, unless you're willing to practice
your Arabic by telling people why you're not miyya miyya!

3. "Let's go," ‫ﻳﻼ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ‬

This means "let's go," and depending on the conversation, we can use it alone, as in "let's go
do it," or we can use yalla followed by what we want to do; for example, we can say yalla nakul
("let's eat"), and so on, to rush someone who is running late.

GRAMMAR

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #17 - WHERE I S YOUR CLAS S ? 6

The Focus of This Lesson Is on the Possessive Pronoun "our" and "their" for Masculine
Nouns, and the Participle "going to"
‫ر ا ﻳ ـْﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﺼ ـْﻠ ـِﻨﺎ‬
"We are going to our class."

To say "our" in Arabic, we will follow the previous rule, which was to add the possessive
pronoun at the end of the noun. Here we have an example of faṣl, which is "class." By adding
na, we get "our," so it will be faṣlna. To pronounce it more easily, it may sound more like
faṣlina; it really depends on how you say it.

"Your" (Plural), "Their"

To form the plural "your," we add ku at the end of the word. So using the same word as before,
faṣl, we get faṣlku. As a tip for easier pronunciation, we repeat the -u sound before ku as well;
for example, faṣluku.

Just to refresh your memory, and to show the similarity in the "you" forms, we will do them now
as extra practice. You can learn just by listening to the small differences that will appear now.

1. Male: "your class" - faṣlak

2. Female: "your class" - faṣlik

3. Plural: "your class" - faṣluku

To say "their," we add hum at the end of the noun, so faṣl will become faṣlhum. Again, we
have a small pronunciation tip: add the -u sound before hum, so it will sound more like
faṣluhum.

"Going to" - New Participle

A very important participle is "going to," which is ‫ راﻳﺢ‬, and to make it feminine we add the -a
sound; to make it plural we add the -een sound. You dont need to use a preposition after it, as
it already means "going to."

CULTURAL INSIGHT

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #17 - WHERE I S YOUR CLAS S ? 7

Feeling the Love in Arabic Countries

Arabic people are known to be very friendly, so sometimes, if you use words showing that
you're not doing so well or that something is wrong, people won't just ask a small "what's
wrong," but will mostly insist on knowing and trying to help. It might insult them if you don't tell
them; it could mean you don't trust them. Privacy is well respected here, but human relations
are also very important. If you don't want to say what's really wrong, you can say something
like "I couldn't sleep very well," "I ate something that wasn't fresh," and so on, but never take it
personally when people ask and insist on knowing what's bothering you; it's just our nature!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #17 - WHERE I S YOUR CLAS S ? 8

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #18
Where is Their Class?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
4 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 18
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫﻼً ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﺰ ﺳـﻌﺎد و أﺣﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫــﻢ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـﺶ ﻋﺎرﻓﺔ ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺲ ﻳـﻤـﻜـﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻬﻢ ؟ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻷول ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻷ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻟﺘﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺟـﻨــﺐ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻨﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫آآه ‪ ،‬ﺟـﻨـﺐ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ﻛـﻮﻳـﺲ ﻗﻮي‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪ ] .6‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﺔ [‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺳـﻌﺎد‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺳـﻌﺎد ‪ ،‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓـﻀـﻠـﻚ ‪ ،‬إﻧﺘﻲ ﻋـﻨـﺪك درس دﻟـﻮﻗﺘﻲ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫أﻳﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻋـﻨـﺪي درس ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ‪،‬و ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻋـﻨـﺪي درس إﻧـﺠﻠﻴﺰي ﻓﻲ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻜﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﺑﺠـﺪ ؟ ﻣـﻴـﺔ ﻣـﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺲ ﻟﻴﻪ ﻣـﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻚ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ درس ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺶ إﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي !‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.10‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫﻼً ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﺰ ﺳـُﻌﺎد و أﺣﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫـُـ َﻢّ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣـِﺶ ﻋﺎرﻓﺔ ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـَﺲ ﻳـِﻤـْﻜـِﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓـَﺼْـﻠـُﻬُﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﻓـَﺼْـﻠـُﻬُﻢ ؟ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪّور اﻷ ّوِل ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫? ‪NEWBI E S 2 #18 - WHERE I S T HEI R CLAS S‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 . ‫ ﺟـَﻨـْـﺐ ﻓـَﺼْـﻠـِﻨﺎ‬، ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪّور اﻟﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻷ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .4

‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ﻛـُﻮّﻳـِّﺲ ﻗﻮي‬، ‫ ﺟـَﻨـْﺐ ﻓـَﺼْـﻠـِﻨﺎ‬، ‫آآه‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .5

‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﺔ‬.6

‫ إﻧﺘﻲ ﻋـَﻨـْﺪِك درْس دِﻟـْﻮَﻗﺘﻲ ؟‬، ‫ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓـَﻀـْﻠـِﻚ‬، ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳـُﻌﺎد‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺳـُﻌﺎد‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .7

‫و ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻋـَﻨـْﺪي درْس إﻧـْﺠﻠﻴﺰي ﻓﻲ ﻓـَﺼـْﻠـُﻜﻮ‬، ‫ ﻋـَﻨـْﺪي درس ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬، ‫أﻳﻮة‬ :‫ﺳﻌﺎد‬ .8

‫ ﺑـَﺲ ﻟﻴﻪ ﻣـِﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻓـَﺼـْﻠـِﻚ ؟‬، ‫ﺑـِﺠـَﺪ ؟ ﻣـِﻴـّﺔ ﻣِـﻴـّﺔ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .9

! ‫ ﻣـِﺶ إﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي‬، ‫ﻓـَﺼـْﻠـِﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ درس ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ :‫ﺳﻌﺎد‬ .10

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: ʾhlan yā Hālh , ʾnā ʿāyiz Suʿād wi ʾḥmad, humma fīn ?

2. HĀLH: miš ʿārfh yā Rūlānd , bas yimkin fī faṣluhum .

3. RŪLĀND: fīn faṣluhum ? fī id-dūr ʾilʾwwil ?

4. HĀLH: laʾ , fī id-dūr ʾt-tāny , ganb faṣlinā .

5. RŪLĀND: Aaah , ganb faṣlinā , māšī kuwayyis ʾwī

6. baʿd šuwayyh ,

7. RŪLĀND: yā Suʿād, yā Suʿād , diʾīʾh min faḍlik , ʾintī ʿandik dars dilwaʾtī ?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #18 - WHERE I S T HEI R CLAS S ? 3

8. SUʿĀD: ʾywh , ʿandī dars ʿarabī , wi baʿdīn ʿandī dars ʿinglīzī fī faṣlukū .

9. HĀLH: bigad ? miyyh miyyh , bas līh miš fī faṣlik ?

10. SUʿĀD: faṣlinā fīh dars faransāwī baʿd ʾil-ʿarabī, miš ʾinglīzī !

ENGLISH

1. ROLAND: Hi Hala, I want Soad and Ahmed, where are they?

2. HALA: I don't know, Roland, maybe in their class.

3. ROLAND: Where is their class? On the first floor?

4. HALA: No, on the second floor, next to our class.

5. ROLAND: Oh, next to our class. Okay, that's very good.

6. [A little while later…]

7. ROLAND: Soad, Soad, one minute, please. Do you have a lesson now?

8. SOAD: Yes, I have an Arabic lesson, then an English lesson in your class.

9. HALA: Really (seriously)? Perfect, but why not in your class?

10. SOAD: Our class has a French lesson after the Arabic, not English!

VOCABULARY

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #18 - WHERE I S T HEI R CLAS S ? 4

 A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫ﻓﺼـﻞ‬ faṣl class noun masculine

floor (Egyptian
‫دور‬ dūr noun masculine
Arabic)

first (Egyptian
‫أول‬ adjective masculine
ʾawwil Arabic)

second
‫ﺗﺎﻧﻲ‬ tānī (Egyptian adverb masculine
Arabic)

next to
(Egyptian place
‫ﺟـﻨـﺐ‬ ganb
Arabic) expression

‫درس‬ dars class, lesson noun masculine

now (Egyptian
‫دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ‬ dilwaʾtī adverb
Arabic)

after that, later

‫ﺑـﻌــﺪﻳﻦ‬ baʿdīn (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

a minute
‫دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ diʾīʾah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ و ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃـﻼب ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‬ .‫أﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛـﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻷول‬

el-faṣl kibīr wi fīh ṭullāb kitīr. ʾnā sākin fī el-dūr el-ʾawwil.

The class is big and has a lot of students I live on the first floor. (Egyptian Arabic)
in it. (Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #18 - WHERE I S T HEI R CLAS S ? 5

 .‫أﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛـﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻷول‬ .‫اﻟﻔـﺼـﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪور اﻟﺘـﺎﻧﻲ‬
ʾnā sākin fī el-dūr el-ʾawwil. el-faṣl fī el-dūr el-tānī.

I live on the first floor. (Egyptian Arabic) The class is on the second floor. (Egyptian
Arabic)

.‫ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ‬ .‫إﺣـﻨﺎ راﻳـﺤﻴﻦ اﻟﺪرس دﻟـﻮﻗـﺘﻲ‬

bītī ganb el-madrasah. ʾiḥnā rāyḥīn el-dars dilwaʾtī.

My house is next to the school. (Egyptian We are going to the lesson now. (Egyptian
Arabic) Arabic)

‫ﻫﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎم دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ؟‬ .‫ﻋﺎﻳـــﺰ ﺷﺎي ﺑــﻌـﺪﻳﻦ‬

hiyya el-sāʿah kām dilwaʾtī? ʿāyiz šāy baʿdīn.

What time is it now? (Egyptian Arabic) I want tea later. (Egyptian Arabic)

‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ؟‬, ‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ‬

law samaḥt , mumkin diʾīʾah?

Excuse me, can I have a minute? (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. Aahh

This is a very informal word, but surprisingly, we can use it also in formal situations, as it
means "oh." It's more of a reaction, mostly heard between friends, but if you're talking to
someone at work and they're explaining something to you, and you just got what they mean,
you say, "Oh, I got it" or "I understand." So it is okay to use it in this type of situation, but mostly
it's used between friends.

2. "A minute," ‫دﻗﻴ ﻘﺔ‬

We also use this word to mean "just a second," or "just a minute, can you please hold on (or
wait)?" You can use it to call someone, just by saying "a minute, please." This will get their
attention and make them stop to see what it is that you want.

GRAMMAR

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #18 - WHERE I S T HEI R CLAS S ? 6

The Focus of This Lesson Is on the Possessive "our" and "their"
‫ﻳ ـِﻤ ـْﻜ ـِﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﻓ َـ ﺼْـﻠ ـُ ﻬُ ﻢ‬
"Maybe in their class."

To say "our," we will add na at the end of the noun, so by using faṣl as an example, it will be
faṣlna, Here's a small tip to make your pronunciation easier: add a short -i sound before the
na, so it should be faṣlina. That's what you will hear most people say.

The Possessive "their"

To say "their," we will add hum at the end of the noun. If we use faṣl, it becomes faṣlhum. If
you like, you can apply the small tip we used before by adding the u sound before hum. That
might make it easier for you to pronounce, so it will be faṣluhum. This is done only to make it
smoother and easier to say; we don't want you to pause while you speak.

Keep in mind that we are still dealing with masculine nouns.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Conversing in Arabic Countries-Maybe a Little Too Much Information

When someone asks you a question, you are expected to give a very fulfilling answer. If your
answer is too short (to the person hearing it), then you will be asked another question, and
another, until it's all clear. The same thing will happen to you if you ask someone else a
question; the answer might be too long and detailed for you, with some extra information that
you didn't ask for. But it's okay, we love to pass on the knowledge!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #18 - WHERE I S T HEI R CLAS S ? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #19
Is This Your Picture?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 19
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬اﻳﻪ دي ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎء اﻟﻔــﻞ ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬دي ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ رﺣﻠﺔ إﺳـﻜﻨـﺪرﻳـﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣـﻠـﻮة ﻗﻮي ﺻﻮرﺗـﻚ دي‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﺷـﻜﺮاً ‪ ،‬و دي ﺻﻮرﺗـﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ أﺳﻮان‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺟـﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﻮي ﻛـﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎرﻓﺔ دﻟـﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرﺗــَـﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ أﻛﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻳـﻤـﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﻣــﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻮه اﻟﺸـﻨـﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺪه ‪ ،‬أﻳﻮة ‪ ،‬آدي ﺻﻮرﺗـﻚ ‪ ،‬إﺗـﻔـﻀـﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﺷـﻜﺮاً‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬اﻳﻪ دي ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎء اﻟﻔــُﻞ ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬دي ﺻﻮرْﺗﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ رﺣﻠﺔ إﺳـْﻜِﻨـْﺪِرﻳـّﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣـِﻠـْﻮة ﻗﻮي ﺻﻮرْﺗـِﻚ دي ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﺷـُﻜﺮ ًا ‪ ،‬و دي ﺻﻮرِﺗـْﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ أﺳﻮان‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #19 - I S T HI S YOUR PI CT URE‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ ﻓﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ؟‬، ‫ ﻟﻜﻦ‬، ‫ﺟـَﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﻮي ﻛـَﻤﺎن‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .5

! ‫ ﺑﺲ أﻛﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ‬، ‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎرْﻓﺔ دِﻟـْﻮَﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرْﺗــَـﻚ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .6

‫ﻳـِﻤـْﻜِﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺎﻧﻲ ؟‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .7

.‫ إﺗـْﻔـَﻀـَّﻞ‬، ‫ آدي ﺻﻮرْﺗـَﻚ‬، ‫ أﻳﻮة‬، ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺪه‬، ‫ﻣـُـﻤْﻜﻦ ﺟﻮه اﻟﺸ ّـَﻨـْﻄﺔ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .8

.ً‫ﺷـُﻜﺮا‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .9

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: masāʾ ʾil-ḫīr yā Hālh , ʾīh dī ?

2. HĀLH: masāʾ ʾil-ful yā Rūlānd, dī ṣūrtī , fī riḥlit ʾiskindiriyyh .

3. RŪLĀND: ḥilwh awī ṣūrtik dī .

4. HĀLH: šukran , wi dī ṣūritnā fī ʾswān .

5. RŪLĀND: gamīlh ʾwī kamān , lakin , fīn ṣūrtī ?

6. HĀLH: miš ʿārfh dilwaʾtī fīn ṣūrtak , bas ʾkīd hinā !

7. RŪLĀND: yimkin fī makān tānī ?

8. HĀLH: mumkin guwwh ʿiš-šanṭh , sānyh kidh , ʾwyh , ādī ṣūrtak , ʿitfaḍḍal .

9. RŪLĀND: šukran

ENGLISH
CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #19 - I S T HI S YOUR PI CT URE? 3

1. ROLAND: Good evening, Hala, what's this?

2. HALA: Good evening, Roland, this is my picture from the Alexandria trip.

3. ROLAND: It's very nice, this picture of yours.

4. HALA: Thanks, and that's our picture in Aswan.

5. ROLAND: Very beautiful as well, but where is my picture?

6. HALA: I don't know where your picture is, but surely it's here!

7. ROLAND: Maybe it's in another place?

8. HALA: Could be inside the bag. One second; yes, here is your picture,
there you go.

9. ROLAND: Thanks.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

picture
‫ﺻﻮرة‬ ṣūrah (Egyptian noun feminine
Arabic)

‫رﺣـﻠﺔ‬ riḥlah trip noun feminine

‫أﻛﻴﺪ‬ ʾakīd sure adjective

beautiful
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬ gamīlah (Egyptian adjective feminine
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #19 - I S T HI S YOUR PI CT URE? 4

 place (Egyptian
‫ﻣﻜﺎن‬ makān Arabic) noun masculine

bag (Egyptian
‫ﺷـــﻨــﻄﺔ‬ šanṭah noun feminine
Arabic)

inside (Egyptian
‫ﺟـﻮه‬ guwwah preposition
Arabic)

also, as well
‫ﻛــﻤﺎن‬ kamān (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﺼﻮرة دي ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬ .‫اﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷﺳﺒﻮع اﻟﺠﺎي‬

el-ṣūrah dī gamīlah. el-riḥlah el-ʾusbūʿ el-gāy.

This picture is beautiful. (Egyptian Arabic) The trip is next week. ( Egyptian Arabic )

.‫أﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺤﺐ اﻟﻌـﺼﻴﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﺼﻮرة دي ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

ʾakīd baḥibb el-ʿaṣīr. el-ṣūrah dī gamīlah.

Sure, I love the juice. ( Egyptian Arabic ) This picture is beautiful. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻤﻜﺎن ده ﺟﻤﻴﻞ‬ .‫دي ﺷـــﻨــﻄﺔ‬

el-makān dah gamīl. dī šanṭah.

This place is beautiful. (Egyptian Arabic) This is a bag. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﺟـﻮه اﻟﺸﻨﻄﺔ‬ .‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻄﺎر و ﻏﺪا ﻛﻤﺎن‬

el-kitāb guwwah el-šanṭah. fīh fiṭār wi ġadā kamān.

The book is inside the bag. (Egyptian There is breakfast and lunch as well (also
Arabic) lunch). (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #19 - I S T HI S YOUR PI CT URE? 5

1. Akeed

This means "surely," "sure," "with no doubt." You can use it to confirm your opinion, to show
your approval of a proposal or suggestion, or simply to show you agree with someone or
something.

2.- Aadi

You can use this word in both formal and informal situations. If someone is giving you
something you asked for, he will use this word. It's similar to "very well, sir," or "here it is," and
in a restaurant, the waiter will use it all the time while giving you your food, drinks, or even
your change.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson Is Possessive Pronouns with Feminine Nouns

‫د ي ﺻﻮ رْ ﺗ ﻲ‬
"This is my picture."

Possessive pronouns don't change in Arabic, but when we use one with a feminine noun, we
add a -t sound. The -a sound we hear at the end of the feminine noun is what we call
"feminine ta." This is a -t that we pronounce in certain cases (this is one of them), because
now it's no longer at the end, but falls in the middle. Remember, we attach the possessive
pronouns; that's why we will hear it.

So, for example, if we take ṣūrh and add the possessive for "I," which is ī, the sound will not be
ṣūrhi, but ṣūrhti. It's the same possessive, but the -t is visible and audible now, because it's no
longer at the end.

To say "our," we say ṣūritna. We did the same thing here; we added the -t and then the na for
"our."

We also changed the sound a tiny bit by adding a small -i before it. This will come naturally to
you with time. Since there is no specific rule on when to do it, you need to learn it by hearing
and talking.

"Your" (M, F)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #19 - I S T HI S YOUR PI CT URE? 6

Here we apply the same rule; we will add our possessive with the -t sound before.

1. To address a male - your photo will be ṣūrtak

2. To address a female - ṣūrtik

Tip: It's easier to make the letter before the -t silent for smoother pronunciation.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Share Your Photos of Your Arabian Adventures

Looking at pictures, reliving beautiful memories-we just love doing that, even if the pictures
aren't ours, so always be prepared to share with others. And if you invite people to view them
with you, it will be even better. It shows you trust them and you don't mind sharing such an
important item with them. Now with technology, people like to keep their pictures on their cell
phones and they will think it's very strange if you're not doing the same!

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #19 - I S T HI S YOUR PI CT URE? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #20
This is Their Picture at School

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
4 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 20
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮرة ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺐ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺮا ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫دول أﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ ‪ ،‬دي ﺻﻮرْﺗـْﻬـُﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤ َـﺪْرﺳﺔ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫و ده ﻣﻴﻦ ؟ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻻﺑـِﺲ ﺗﻲ ﺷﻴﺮت أزرق‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ده ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ و ﺟﺎري‪ ،‬دي ﺻﻮرﺗــﻪ ﺟـﻨـﺐ ﺑﻴﺘـﻨﺎ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫دي ﺻﻮرﺗـﻪ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺑﻴﺘـﻜﻮ ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻼم ‪ ،‬ده ﻛﺒﻴﺮ و ﺣﻠﻮ ﻗﻮي ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫و دي ﺻﻮرِﺗﻜﻮ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬

‫ﺻﻮرﺗـﻨﺎ دي ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺟـﺪّﺗﻲ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرﺗـْﻬﺎ ؟ ﻋـَﻨـْﺪَك ﺻﻮرﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎرِف ‪ ،‬أﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ دِﻟﻮَﻗـْﺘﻲ ﻷ‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺧـُﺴﺎرة !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳْﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻦ اِﻟﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮرَة ‪ ،‬ﺟَﻨﺐ اﻟ َﻌ ﺮَﺑِﻴَّﺔ اﻟ ﺤَﻤﺮا ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫دول أَﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ ‪ ،‬دي ﺻﻮرِﺗـْﻬـُﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤـَﺪْ َرﺳَﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫و دا ﻣﻴﻦ ؟ اِﻟﻠﻲ ﻻﺑـِﺲ ﺗﻲ ﺷﻴﺮت أَزرَق‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫‪NEWBI E S 2 #20 - T HI S I S T HEI R PI CT URE AT S CHOOL‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 .‫ دي ﺻﻮرْﺗــُﻪ ﺟـَﻨـْﺐ ﺑﻴﺘـﻨﺎ‬،‫دا ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤَﺪرَﺳَﺔ و ﺟﺎري‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .4

،‫ ﺑَﺲ ﻗَﺪﻳﻢ ﺷُﻮَﻳَّﺔ‬، ‫ دا ﻛَﺒﻴﺮ و ﺣِﻠﻮ َﻗﻮِي‬، ‫دي ﺻﻮرﺗـُﻪ ﺟَﻨﺐ ﺑﻴﺘـﻜﻮ ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺳَﻼم‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .5

‫و دي ﺻﻮرِﺗﻜﻮ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬

.‫ﺻﻮرِﺗـْﻨﺎ دي ﻓﻲ ﺑَﻴْﺖ ﺟـِﺪِّﺗﻲ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرﺗـْﻬﺎ ؟ ﻋـَﻨـْﺪَك ﺻﻮرِﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ؟‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .7

.‫ ﺑَﺲ دِﻟﻮَﻗـْﺘﻲ ﻷ‬، ‫ أَﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬، ‫ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎرِف‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .8

! ‫ﻳﺎ ﺧـُﺴﺎرَة‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .9

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLH: yā Rūlānd, mīn ʾillī fī ʾiṣ-ṣūrh ,ganb ʾil-ʿarabiyyh ʿilḥamrā ?

2. RŪLĀND: dūl ʾṣḥābī , dī ṣūrithum fī ʾil-madrash

3. HĀLH: wi dā mīn ? ʾillī lābis tī-šīrt ʾzraʾ

4. RŪLĀND: dā ṣābī fī ʾil-madrash wi gārī, dī ṣūrtuh gand bītnā

5. HĀLH: dī ṣūrtuh gand bītkū ? yā salām, dā kibīr wi ḥilw ʾwī , bas ʾdīm
šiwayyh ,wi dī ṣūritkū fīn ?

6. RŪLĀND: ṣūritnā dī fī bīt gidditī

7. HĀLH: fīn ṣūrithā ? ʿandak ṣūrithā fī ʾil-bīt ?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #20 - T HI S I S T HEI R PI CT URE AT S CHOOL 3

8. RŪLĀND: miš ʿārif , ʾkīd fī ʾil-bīt , bas dilwaʾtī laʾ

9. HĀLH: yā ḫusārh !

ENGLISH

1. HALA: Roland, who's in the picture next to the red car?

2. ROLAND: These are my friends; this is their picture at school.

3. HALA: And who is this—the one who's wearing a blue t-shirt?

4. ROLAND: That's my friend from school and my neighbor. This is his picture
next to our house.

5. HALA: This is his picture next to your house? Oh wow, it's very big and
beautiful, but a little bit old. And where is this picture of you?

6. ROLAND: This picture of us is in my grandma's house.

7. HALA: Where is her picture? Do you have her picture in the house?

8. ROLAND: I don't know. Sure, at home, but now, no.

9. HALA: What a pity!

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #20 - T HI S I S T HEI R PI CT URE AT S CHOOL 4

 picture
‫ﺻﻮرة‬ (Egyptian
ṣūrah noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﺑﻴﺖ‬ bayt house noun masculine

‫أﻛﻴﺪ‬ ʾakīd sure adjective

you have
‫ﻋﻨﺪك‬ ʿandak (Egyptian phrase masculine
Arabic)

now (Egyptian
‫دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ‬ dilwaʾtī adverb
Arabic)

but, only,
enough
‫ﺑﺲ‬ bass adverb
(Egyptian
Arabic)

grandmother
‫ﺟﺪة‬ giddah (Egyptian noun
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﺼﻮرة دي ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬ ‫أﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ؟‬

el-ṣūrah dī gamīlah. ʾaīna yaqaʿu al-baytu?

This picture is beautiful. (Egyptian Arabic) Where is the house? (formal Arabic)

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ .‫أﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺤﺐ اﻟﻌـﺼﻴﺮ‬

el bīt fīn ? ʾakīd baḥibb el-ʿaṣīr.

Where is the house? (Egyptian Arabic) Sure, I love the juice. ( Egyptian Arabic )

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #20 - T HI S I S T HEI R PI CT URE AT S CHOOL 5

 ‫ﻋﻨﺪك ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻃﺎزة ؟‬ ‫ﻫﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎم دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ؟‬
ʿandak fākha ṭāzah ? hiyya el-sāʿah kām dilwaʾtī?

Do you have fresh fruit? (Egyptian Arabic) What time is it now? (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﺲ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ‬ .‫ﺟﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة‬

el-bīt kwayyis bass ġālī. gidditī kibīrah.

The house is good, but expensive. My grandmother is old. (Egyptian Arabic)

(Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. yā salām

This is an interesting expression that can express surprise, shock, or even sarcasm,
depending on how it's said, and the context, can mean "oh wow," "really," "seriously." You
may hear it as "oh really," "go on," or "continue." When someone is speaking and you're very
interested in what they're saying, you just say ya salam which is like "wow," "I cant believe it,"
"please go on," "continue." It's a very popular word, and we just love using it, but keep in mind
that the tune makes a whole world of difference.

2. yā ḫusārh

This is another popular expression. It means "what a pity," or "what a loss." You may hear it as
yā ḫusārh or ḫusārh, depending on the person speaking. And as it shows, you use it when
you hear something that you feel sorry about.

3. ʾillī

This is a very interesting connecting tool. It can mean "that," "which," "whom," or "what,"
depending on where it falls in the sentence. It's a very important word, and you need to keep
track of its position. The context will make a world of difference. We heard it here as "the one,"
which is correct. In other sentences, it could mean "when"; in another it could mean "those."
It's one word you will just learn by practice, but always pay attention to when it's said because
this is probably the part where the sentence will have a different meaning.

GRAMMAR

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #20 - T HI S I S T HEI R PI CT URE AT S CHOOL 6

The Focus of This Lesson Is the Possessive "their"
di suritku?
"Is this your picture?"

Now we will look at the possessive pronouns with feminine nouns. Just as we have done
before, we will add the possessives, and then we will add the -t sound before it. So if you want
to say "their picture," it's going to be ṣūrithum, and if we're saying "his picture," then ṣūrtuh,
and for "her picture," we say ṣūritha.

What I have done here is I made the letter before hum, hu, and ha silent for easier
pronunciation. Keep in mind that this is one thing you will only learn by practice as
developing a sense for the language will tell you what is correct. Always choose what is
easiest for you, and in most cases, it's the best.

To form "your picture" in the plural sense, we will add the ku sound, so it will be ṣūritku. Just to
refresh your memory, "our picture" is ṣūritna.

We had another example of this, when we said "my grandmother." "Grandmother" is giddh. In
the conversation, you heard gidditi; the -t sound was visible here because its a feminine
noun.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

All in the Family-Modern Arabic Living Arrangements

We have so many old houses, and more important, families and generations living in these
houses from the same family. As part of the tradition in Egypt and in most Arabic countries, the
boys and girls don't leave their family's house until they get married. It doesn't matter what
their age is or what their work is, and it doesn't mean that they have no freedom or no privacy;
on the contrary, this only indicates how strong family relations are in these places. So if you
go to your friend's house, don't expect to see him alone, but probably with his family.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #20 - T HI S I S T HEI R PI CT URE AT S CHOOL 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #21
How Many Students in Your Class?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 21
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أﻫﻼً ﻳﺎ ﺳﻌﺎد‪ ،‬ازﻳـﻚ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻫﻼً ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻣـﻴﺔ ﻣـﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪي درس ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫درﺳـﻨﺎ ﺑـﻜـﺮة ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨـﻬﺎردة اﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي و ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﺑﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻛﺎم ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻌﺎد ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎ ﺗـﻼﺗـﺎﺷﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺶ ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‪ ،‬و اﻧﺘﻮ ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ درس اﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي اﺣﻨﺎ أرﺑـﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﻣﺶ ﻓﺎﻛﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ درس اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي اﺣﻨﺎ ﺧـﻤـﺴﺘﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﺻﺎﺣـﺒـﺘﻲ ﻓـﺼـﻠـﻬـﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣـﺪاﺷﺮ أو إﺗﻨﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻋﺎدة ﺣـﺪاﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫أَﻫﻼً ﻳﺎ ﺳُﻌﺎد‪ ،‬ازﻳـﻚ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻣـﻴـﺔ ﻣـﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪي درس ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻫ ً‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫دَرْﺳـِﻨﺎ ﺑـُﻜـْﺮة ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨـﻬﺎردة اﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي و ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﺑﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻛﺎم ﻃﺎﻟِﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻓـَﺼـْﻠـِﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳُﻌﺎد ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺗَﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗـَﻼﺗـّﺎﺷَﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣِﺶ ﻛِﺘﻴﺮ‪ ،‬و اِﻧﺘﻮ ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫? ‪NEWBI E S 2 #21 - HOW MANY S T UDENT S I N YOUR CLAS S‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
 .‫ اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﻣﺶ ﻓﺎﻛِﺮ‬، ‫ ﻓﻲ دَرس ا ﻻِﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي اِﺣﻨﺎ أرْﺑَﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬، ‫ﻳَﻌﻨﻲ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

.‫ﻓﻲ درس اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي اﺣﻨﺎ ﺧـَﻤـَﺴﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ .7

.‫ ﻟَﻜـِﻦ ﻋﺎدَة ﺣـِﺪاﺷﺮ‬، ‫ﺻﺎﺣـْﺒـِﺘﻲ ﻓـَﺼـْﻠـُﻬـﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣـِﺪاﺷﺮ أو إﺗﻨﺎﺷَﺮ ﺑﺲ‬ :‫ﺳﻌﺎد‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. RŪLĀND: ʾhlan yā Suʿād, ʾizzayyik ?

2. SUʿĀD: ʾhlan yā Rūlānd, ʾil-ḥamdu lillah miyyh miyyh , ʿandī dars ʿarabī baʿd
sāʿh

3. HĀLH: darsinā bukrh , ʾin-nahārdh ʾinglīzī wi faransāwī bas .

4. RŪLĀND: kām ṭālib fī faṣlik yā Suʿād ?

5. SUʿĀD: taʾrīban talāttāšr , miš kitīr, wi ʾintū ?

6. RŪLĀND: yaʿnī , fī dars ʾil-ʾinglizī ʾiḥnā ʾrbaʿtāšr , ʾil-faransāwī miš fākir

7. HĀLH: fī dars ʾil-ʾinglizī ʾiḥnā ḫamastāšr

8. SUʿĀD: ṣāḥbitī faṣlahā fīh ḥidāšr ʾw ʾitnāšr bas, lakin ʿādatan ḥidāšr

ENGLISH

1. ROLAND: Hi Soad, how are you?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #21 - HOW MANY S T UDENT S I N YOUR CLAS S ? 3

2. SOAD: Hi, Ruland. Thank God, great. I have an Arabic lesson in an hour.

3. HALA: Our lesson is tomorrow; today is English and French only.

4. ROLAND: How many students are in your class, Soad?

5. SOAD: Nearly thirteen, not a lot, and you?

6. ROLAND: Well, in English, we are fourteen, French I don't remember.

7. HALA: In French class, we are fifteen.

8. SOAD: My friend's class has only eleven or twelve, but usually eleven.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

eleven (11)
‫ﺣـﺪاﺷﺮ‬ ḥidāšar (Egyptian number
Arabic)

‫ﻓﺼـﻞ‬ faṣl class noun masculine

‫درس‬ dars class, lesson noun masculine

today (Egyptian
‫اﻟﻨﻬﺎردة‬ el-nahārdah adverb
Arabic)

almost, nearly,
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬ taʾrīban about (Egyptian adverb
Arabic)

fifteen (15)
‫ﺧﻤﺴﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬ ḫamastāšar (Egyptian number
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #21 - HOW MANY S T UDENT S I N YOUR CLAS S ? 4

 fourteen (14)
‫أرﺑﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬ (Egyptian
ʾarbaʿtāšar number
Arabic)

thirteen (13)
‫ﺗﻼﺗﺎﺷﺮ‬ talattāšar (Egyptian number
Arabic)

twelve (12)
‫إﺗﻨﺎﺷﺮ‬ ʾitnāšar (Egyptian number
Arabic)

‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ṭālib student noun masculine

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫أﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪي ﺣﺪاﺷﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ .‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ و ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃـﻼب ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‬

ʾnā ʿandī ḥidāšar sanah. el-faṣl kibīr wi fīh ṭullāb kitīr.

I'm eleven years old. (Egyptian Arabic) The class is big and has a lot of students
in it. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫إﺣـﻨﺎ راﻳـﺤﻴﻦ اﻟﺪرس دﻟـﻮﻗـﺘﻲ‬ .‫اﻟﻨﻬﺎردة اﻟﺠﻮ ﻛﻮﻳﺲ‬

ʾiḥnā rāyḥīn el-dars dilwaʾtī. el-nahārdah el-ǧaww kwayyis.

We are going to the lesson now. (Egyptian Today, the weather is nice. (Egyptian
Arabic) Arabic)

.‫أﻧﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ‬ .‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ ﺧﻤﺴﺘﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ‬

ʾnā taʾrīban ʿand el-madrasah. fī el-madrsah ḫamastāšar faṣl.

I'm nearly at the school. (Egyptian Arabic) There are fifteen classes in the school.
(Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #21 - HOW MANY S T UDENT S I N YOUR CLAS S ? 5

 .‫اﻟﺸﻨﻄﺔ ﺑﺄرﺑﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬ .‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﺑﺘﻼﺗﺎﺷﺮ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬
el-šanṭah biʾarbaʿtāšar ginīh. el-kitāb bitalattāšar ginīh.

The bag is fourteen pounds. (Egyptian The book costs thirteen pounds.
Arabic)

.‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ إﺗﻨﺎﺷﺮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ .‫ﻫﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬

fī el-faṣl ʾitnāšar ṭālib. huwa ṭālib .

There are twelve students in the class. He is a student. (Egyptian Arabic)

(Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. taʾrīban

This means "almost," "nearly." As simple as this word might seem, you will be surprised by
how important it is. People use it to say "I'm nearly there" or "I'm nearly finished," or even to
express whether they like something or not. A strange habit we have is that we don't read the
clock to the exact time; rather, we round the number to the nearest five. So we would say "it's
nearly one-thirty," so we automatically recognize it as before one-thirty, not very close to be.
It's an important word, so get used to it!

2. il-ḥamdu lillah miyyh miyyh

By now, we know il-ḥamdu lillah means "thank God," and miyyh miyyh means "one hundred
percent," which is a way to say "perfect." It's very common to use both when someone asks
you how you're doing. You say il-ḥamdu ilillah miyyh miyyh, and after that, you can start
taking miyyh miyyh and using it for basically anything; for example, if someone asks, "Do you
like this book?" you can say miyyh miyyh, or "it's good" or "great," and that goes for books,
movies, and so on….

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson Is Numbers Eleven to Fifteen

‫ ﻟﻜ ـِﻦ ﻋﺎدة ﺣ ـِﺪ اﺷ ﺮ‬، ‫ﺻﺎﺣ ـْﺒ ِـ ﺘ ﻲ ﻓ ـَﺼ ـْﻠ ـُﻬـﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣ ـِﺪ اﺷ ﺮ أو إ ﺗﻨﺎﺷ ﺮ ﺑﺲ‬
"My friend's class has only eleven or twelve, but usually eleven."

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #21 - HOW MANY S T UDENT S I N YOUR CLAS S ? 6

In this lesson, we will learn the numbers from eleven to fifteen in a very easy way. Just keep in
mind, in most languages, the numbers eleven and twelve are always different from the others;
they have different forms. It's the same in Arabic. "Eleven" is ḥidāšr, and "twelve" is ʾitnāšr, so
you will need to memorize those. The numbers thirteen through nineteen are very easy as
long as you remember or memorize numbers three to nine. So for "three" (talath), we will add
the sound tāšr at the end to make talattāšr, or "thirteen." We will do the same with the rest:
"Four" (ʾrbaʿh) will become "fourteen" (ʾrbaʿtāšr), and "five" (ḫamh) will become
"fifteen" (ḫamastāšr). Remember, when you add the sound tāšr to the end of the word, you
can drop the sound -a at the end, to make your pronunciation easier and smoother.

The next grammar point is fākir, another very important participle, which means "remember."
As we have mentioned before, participles come in three forms: masculine, feminine, and
plural. To form the feminine, add the sound -a at the end; and to form the plural, add the
sound -een at the end. So it will be fākra (feminine) and fākreen (plural).

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Time for School! The Egyptian Education System

Egypt's school system consists of state schools and private schools. The difference is that in
state schools, there are forty-five to sixty students in each class, and in private schools, there
are between twenty and thirty (no more than thirty-five). The class size also depends on how
good and expensive the school is. So the more expensive the school is, the fewer students
per class. The more expensive schools offer better education and more languages. But not to
worry, guys! Your Arabic classes will always have fewer students, because very few people
study it. So you will probably get one tutor with five or six students in a class, which is good,
because Arabic is not so easy and you will need as much quality time as possible to practice.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #21 - HOW MANY S T UDENT S I N YOUR CLAS S ? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #22
How Long is the Lesson?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 22
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫درس اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻛﺎم ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﺒﻮع ﻳﺎ ﺳﻌﺎد ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺳـﺒـﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ اﻷﺳـﺒﻮع اﻟﺠﺎي ﺗـﺴـﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ إﻣﺘﺤﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫اﺣﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎن ﻋﻨﺪِﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺎت أﻛﺘﺮ اﻷﺳﺒﻮع اﻟﺠﺎي ﻋﺸﺎن اﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫درس اﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي و اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﻛﺎم ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫اﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي ﺳﺘـﺎﺷﺮ ‪ ،‬و اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗـﻤـﻨـﺘﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻋﺎدة اﻟﺪرس ﻛﺎم ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﺗـﺎﺷﺮ أو أرﺑﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﺣﻆ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ !‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﺮاً ‪ ،‬و اﻧﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺎن ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫دَرس اﻟ َﻌ ﺮَﺑﻲ ﻛﺎم ﺳﺎﻋَﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷُﺳﺒﻮع ﻳﺎ ﺳُﻌﺎد ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺳَـ ﺒَـﻌﺘﺎﺷَﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺲ اﻷُﺳـﺒﻮع اﻟﺠﺎي ِﺗﺴَـﻌﺘﺎﺷَﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺸﺎن ﻋَﻨﺪِﻧﺎ إﻣﺘِﺤﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳُﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫اِﺣﻨﺎ ﻛَﻤﺎن ﻋَﻨﺪِﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺎت أَﻛﺘَﺮ اﻷُﺳﺒﻮع اﻟﺠﺎي ﻋَﺸﺎن ا ﻻِﻣﺘِﺤﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫دَرس ا ﻻِﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي و اﻟﻔَﺮﻧﺴﺎوي ﻛﺎم ﺳﺎﻋَﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﺳُﻌﺎد‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #22 - HOW LONG I S T HE LES S ON‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 .‫ و اﻟﻔَ ﺮَﻧﺴﺎوِي ﺗَﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗَـﻤـﻨـﺘﺎﺷَﺮ ﺳﺎﻋَﺔ‬، ‫ﺳﺘّـﺎﺷَﺮ‬
ِ ‫ا ﻻِﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .5

‫ﻋﺎدَ ةً اﻟﺪَرس ﻛﺎم ﺳﺎﻋَﺔ ؟‬ :‫ﺳُﻌﺎد‬ .6

.‫ ﺗَﻼﺗـّﺎﺷَﺮ أَو أَرﺑَﻌﺘﺎﺷَﺮ‬، ‫ﻋَﻠﻰ ﺣَﺴَﺐ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .7

! ‫ﺣَﻆ ﺳَﻌﻴﺪ‬ :‫ﺳُﻌﺎد‬ .8

.‫ ﻣَﻊ اﻟﺴَﻼﻣَﺔ‬، ‫ و اِﻧﺘﻲ ﻛَﻤﺎن‬، ً‫ﺷُﻜﺮا‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .9

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLH: dars ʾil- ʿarabī kām sāʿh fī ʾil-ʾusbūʿ yā Suʿād ?

2. SUʿĀD: sabaʿtāšr ,bas ʾil-ʾusbūʿ ʾilgāy tisiʿtāšr , ʿašān ʿandinā ʾimtiḥān

3. RŪLĀND: ʾiḥnā kamān ʿandinā sāʿāt ʾktar ʾil-ʾusbūʿ ʾilgāy ʿašān ʾil-ʾimtiḥān

4. SUʿĀD: dars ʾil-ʾinglīzī wi ʾilfaransāwī kām sāʿh ?

5. HĀLH: ʾil-ʾinglīzī sittāšr ,wil-faransāwī taʾrīban tamantāšr sāʿh

6. SUʿĀD: ʿādatan ʾid-dars kām sāʿh ?

7. HĀLH: ʿalā ḥāsab , talattāšr ʾw ʾrbaʿtāšr

8. SUʿĀD: ḥaz saʿīd !

9. RŪLĀND: šūkran , wintī kamān , maʿa ʾis-salāmh

ENGLISH
CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #22 - HOW LONG I S T HE LES S ON? 3

1. HALA: How many hours a week is the Arabic lesson, Soad?

2. SOAD: Seventeen, but next week it's nineteen because we have an exam.

3. ROLAND: We also have more hours next week because of the exam.

4. SOAD: How many hours for the English and French lessons?

5. HALA: The English is sixteen, and French is about eighteen.

6. SOAD: Usually, how many hours is the lesson?

7. HALA: It depends, thirteen or fourteen.

8. SOAD: Good luck!

9. ROLAND: Thanks, and to you too. Good-bye.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

sixteen (16)
‫ﺳﺘـﺎﺷﺮ‬ sittāšar (Egyptian number
Arabic)

seventeen (17)
‫ﺳﺒﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬ sabaʿtāšar (Egyptian number
Arabic)

eighteen (18)
‫ﺗﻤﻨﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬ tamantāšar (Egyptian number
Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #22 - HOW LONG I S T HE LES S ON? 4

 nineteen (19)
‫ﺗﺴﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬ (Egyptian
tisaʿtāšar number
Arabic)

‫إﻣﺘﺤﺎن‬ ʾimtiḥān exam, test noun masculine

‫أﺳﺒﻮع‬ ʾusbūʿ week noun masculine

coming, next
‫ﺟﺎي‬ gāy (Egyptian participle masculine
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﺪرس ﺳﺘﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ . ‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻨﺪه ﺳﺒﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ‬

el-dars sittāšar sāʿah. huwa ʿanduh sabaʿtāšar sanah.

The lesson is sixteen hours. (Egyptian He is seventeen years old. (Egyptian

Arabic) Arabic)

.‫اﻹﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﺘﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻮم‬ .‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ﺗﺴﻌﺘﺎﺷﺮ‬

el-ʾimtaḥān baʿd tamantāšar yūm. daraget el-ḥarārah tisaʿtāšar.

The exam is after eighteen days. (Egyptian The temperature is nineteen degrees.
Arabic) (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻹﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﺘﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻮم‬ .‫أﻣﻀﻴﺖ أﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﻔﻰ‬

el-ʾimtaḥān baʿd tamantāšar yūm. ʾamḍaytu ʾusbūʿan fī al-mašfā.

The exam is after eighteen days. (Egyptian I spent a week in the hospital. (standard
Arabic) Arabic)

.‫أﻧﺎ راﻳﺢ إﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ اﻷﺳﺒﻮع اﻟﺠﺎي‬ .‫أﻧﺎ راﻳﺢ إﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ اﻷﺳﺒﻮع اﻟﺠﺎي‬
ʾnā rāyiḥ ʾiskindiriyyah el-ʾusbūʿ el-gāy. ʾnā rāyiḥ ʾiskindiriyyah el-ʾusbūʿ el-gāy.

I'm going to Alexandria next week. I'm going to Alexandria next week.
(Egyptian Arabic) (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #22 - HOW LONG I S T HE LES S ON? 5

1. ʿašān

This is some kind of a super word. We use it to mean "because," "for," "so," "so that," "to," and
"in order to." The meaning really depends on where it comes in the sentence. So be careful
and concentrate when you hear this word, because it can make a world of difference if you
misunderstand it or misuse it.

2. ʿalā ḥāsab

This word means "it depends," and ʿalā alone means "on." ḥāsab has a number of different
meanings, but together, the phrase means "it depends," or "it depends on" if it's followed by
anything.

3. ḥaz saʿīd

This means "good luck." Literally, it means "luck happy," "happy luck," or "happy chance." As
we have said before, try taking the expression in Arabic as it is, and not breaking it down.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson Is on Numbers Sixteen to Nineteen

‫ و اﻟ ﻔ ﺮﻧ ﺴﺎو ي ﺗ ﻘ ﺮ ﻳﺒ ﺎً ﺗ ـَﻤ ـَﻨ ـْ ﺘﺎﺷ ﺮ ﺳﺎ ﻋﺔ‬، ‫اﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴ ﺰ ي ﺳ ﺘ ـّﺎﺷ ﺮ‬
"The English is sixteen, and French is about eighteen."

1. To create the numbers sixteen through nineteen, we will do the same as we did in the
previous lesson. Remove the -a sound from the original number (such as seven), and replace
it with tāšr (to make "seventeen," to use our example). To make things easier for the number
eight, we will also remove the -y sound, which will make it tamantāšr. It's always better to
make the letter before tāšr silent.

2. When we use numbers starting with eleven and going up, the noun that follows the number
will always be in singular form, and there is no exception for that. No matter how big the
number is, or what we are talking about, the noun is always singular. The trick is numbers
between three to ten; other than that, it's a very easy, simple, and correct rule in Arabic-use
singular nouns for numbers eleven and up.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #22 - HOW LONG I S T HE LES S ON? 6

Exam Time in Egypt

Exams are always a fun topic to talk about-everyone loves a good exam, right? What
happens here is that students take a certain number of hours for a class, and just before the
exam, those hours are increased. It's probably the same in other places-before the exam, you
need to study a bit more. This is especially true when learning Arabic because Arabic is more
difficult. When you're studying for an exam, as you go over the material again, it's really a lot
of fun, and you will always discover something new and interesting.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #22 - HOW LONG I S T HE LES S ON? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #23
Maybe it's Inside the Bag?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
7 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 23
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻴﺰة ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻷ ﻣﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس ﻣﻔﻴﺶ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻃﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻫـِﻨﺎك‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜـُـﺘـُﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤـَﻜـْﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﻜﺸـْﻜﻮل‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻷ ‪ ،‬ﺑـَ ﺮْﺿــُﻪ ﻣﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﻣﺶ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﻜﺸﻜﻮل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣـُﻤـْﻜـِﻦ ﺟﻮّه اﻟﺸ ّـَﻨـْﻄﺔ ؟‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻷ ‪ ،‬أﻛﻴﺪ ﺑ ﺮّه اﻟﺸـَّﻨـْﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﺎن اﻟﺸـَّﻨـْﻄﺔ ﻓﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫اﻟﻜِﺘﺎب أﻫﻮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮق اﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮن ‪ ،‬ده ﻣﻜﺎن ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﻮي !‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛِﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻋَﻠﻰ اﻟﺘَﺮاﺑﻴ ﺰَة ‪ ،‬ﺟَﻨﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻷ ﻣِﺶ ﻫِﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺟَﻨﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس ﻣَﻔﻴﺶ ﺣﺎﺟَﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻃَﻴِّﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻫـِﻨﺎك‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜـُـﺘـُﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤـَﻜـْﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬أَو ﺗَﺤﺖ اﻟﻜَﺸـْﻜﻮل ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻷ ‪ ،‬ﺑـَ ﺮْﺿــُﻪ ﻣِﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬و ﻣِﺶ ﺗَﺤﺖ اﻟﻜَﺸﻜﻮل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #23 - MAYBE I T 'S I NS I DE T HE BAG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

 ‫ﻣـُﻤـْﻜـِﻦ ﺟﻮَّه اﻟﺸَﻨـْﻄَﺔ ؟‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

.‫ ﻋَﺸﺎن اﻟﺸَﻨـْﻄَﺔ ﻓﺎﺿﻴَﺔ‬، ‫ أﻛﻴﺪ ﺑَ ﺮَّه اﻟﺸَﻨـْﻄَﺔ‬، ‫ﻷ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .7

! ‫ دا ﻣَﻜﺎن ﻏَﺮﻳﺐ ﻗَﻮي‬، ‫ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺘِﻠﻴﻔِﺰﻳﻮن‬، ‫اﻟﻜِﺘﺎب أَﻫﻮ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .8

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLH: yā Rūlānd, kitābī fīn ?

2. RŪLĀND: ʿalā ʾittarābīzh, ganb ʾil-qāmūs

3. HĀLH: laʾ miš hinā, ganb ʾil-qāmūs mafīš ḥāgh

4. RŪLĀND: ṭayyib, hināk, bīn ʾil-kutub ʿalā ʾil-maktab, ʾw taḥt ʾil-kaškūl,

5. HĀLH: hmm, laʾ barḍu ( barḍuh ) miš hinā, w miš taḥt ʾil-kaškūl,

6. RŪLĀND: mumkin guwwh ʾššanṭh ?

7. HĀLH: laʾ, ʾakīd barrh ʾššanṭh, ʿašān ʾššanṭh fāḍyh

8. RŪLĀND: ʾil-kitāb ʾhū, fūʾ ʾittilīfizyūn, dā makān ġarīb ʾwī

ENGLISH

1. HALA: Roland, where is my book?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #23 - MAYBE I T 'S I NS I DE T HE BAG? 3

2. ROLAND: On the table, next to the dictionary.

3. HALA: No, it's not here. Next to the dictionary there is nothing.

4. ROLAND: Okay, there between the books on the desk, or under the notebook.

5. HALA: Hmm, no, also not here, and not under the notebook.

6. ROLAND: Maybe it's inside the bag?

7. HALA: No, surely it's outside the bag, because the bag is empty.

8. ROLAND: Here is the book, on top of the TV; that's a very strange place.

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ʿalā on preposition

table (Egyptian
‫ﺗﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‬ tarābīzah noun feminine
Arabic)

‫ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‬ ġarīb strange adjective masculine

place (Egyptian
‫ﻣﻜﺎن‬ makān noun masculine
Arabic)

empty (Egyptian
‫ﻓﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬ fāḍyah adjective feminine
Arabic)

outside
(Egyptian place
‫ﺑﺮه‬ barrah
Arabic) expression

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #23 - MAYBE I T 'S I NS I DE T HE BAG? 4

 between
‫ﺑﻴﻦ‬ (Egyptian place
bīn
Arabic) expression

‫ﺗﺤﺖ‬ taḥt below, under adverb

here (Egyptian place masculine/

‫ﻫﻨﺎ‬ hinā Arabic) expression feminine

inside (Egyptian
‫ﺟـﻮه‬ guwwah preposition
Arabic)

there (Egyptian
‫ﻫﻨﺎك‬ hināk adverb
Arabic)

next to
(Egyptian place
‫ﺟـﻨـﺐ‬ ganb
Arabic) expression

‫ﻗـﺎﻣـﻮس‬ qāmūs dictionary noun masculine

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ أﺳﻄﻰ‬ .‫اﻟﻜـﺘﺎب و اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‬

ʿalā el-yimīn yā ʾusṭā. el-kitāb wi el-qāmūs ʿalā el-tarābīzah.

(Stop) on the right, driver. The book and the dictionary are on the
table. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻷﻛﻞ ده ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﻮي‬ .‫اﻟﻤﻜﺎن ده ﺟﻤﻴﻞ‬

el-ʾakl dah ġarīb ʾawī. el-makān dah gamīl.

This food is very strange. ( Egyptian Arabic This place is beautiful. (Egyptian Arabic)
)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #23 - MAYBE I T 'S I NS I DE T HE BAG? 5

 .‫اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ ﻓﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬ .‫اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮه اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
el-madrasah fāḍyah. el-ṭālib barrah el-faṣl.

The school is empty. (Egyptian Arabic) The student is outside of the classroom.
(Egyptian Arabic)

.‫ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ و اﻟﺴﻮق‬ .‫اﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‬

bītī bīn el-gāmʿah wi el-sūʾ. el-ʾuṭṭah taḥt el-tarābīzah.

My house is between the university and The cat is under the table. (Egyptian
the market. (Egyptian Arabic) Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻤﺪرس ﻣﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ .‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﺟـﻮه اﻟﺸﻨﻄﺔ‬

el-mudarris miš hinā. el-kitāb guwwah el-šanṭah.

The teacher is not here. (Egyptian Arabic) The book is inside the bag. (Egyptian
Arabic)

‫ﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺎك؟‬ .‫ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ‬

mīn hināk? bītī ganb el-madrasah.

Who's there? (Egyptian Arabic) My house is next to the school. (Egyptian

Arabic)

.‫ده ﻗﺎﻣـﻮس ﻋــﺮﺑﻲ إﻧــﺠـﻠﻴﺰي‬

dah qāmūs ʿarabī ʾinglīzī.

This is an Arabic-English dictionary. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. ṭayyib

This word means "okay," but we can use it in different situations. If you are asked to do
something, and you use this word in response, it will automatically indicate that you don't fully
approve, and you might have a little objection or more like a suggestion. It's not a perfect
okay, just one that shows small objection.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #23 - MAYBE I T 'S I NS I DE T HE BAG? 6

2. barḍu

This means "also" or "as well." We have another word for that, which is kaman, but it's better to
use bardu to mean "also," or "as well," because kaman has another meaning. Separating
both will make you understood perfectly, and people will tend to do the same with you, to
make sure you get the right meaning.

3. ʿalašān (ʿašān)

This is an extremely important word that has different meanings: "because," "for," "so" or "so
that," "to" or "in order to." As we mentioned before, it's important to focus on where it appears
in the sentence, and how it's used to make sure you get the right meaning.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson Is Place Expressions

‫ د ا ﻣﻜﺎن ﻏ ﺮ ﻳﺐ ﻗﻮ ي‬، ‫ ﻓﻮق اﻟ ﺘﻠﻴ ﻔ ﺰ ﻳﻮن‬، ‫ اﻟ ﻜِ ﺘﺎ ب أﻫﻮ‬:‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬
"Here is the book, on top of the TV; that's a very strange place."

In this lesson, we speak about place expressions. In Arabic, when we use place expressions,
the first important thing we have to do is use the definite article el in both nouns. For example,
to say "the book is on the table," you have to remember to use el, and also remember that
there is no verb "to be." Your sentence will sound very short, as if it's missing something, but
it's perfect and nothing is wrong with it. You need to remember that; otherwise, you might end
up with a different sentence and a different meaning.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

An Egyptian Mystery: Why Your Things Move Around When You're Not Looking

When you go to a place, and you want to leave something (such as a sweater) for a short
while, make sure it's in a clear and visible place that no one will come near, or you might find
that it has been moved around a lot!

Bear in mind that although people may move your things around, they don't intend to steal
them. They just pick them up and put them in another place because it seems a more
convenient place at the time. It's not thievery, just moving them around. So when you come

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #23 - MAYBE I T 'S I NS I DE T HE BAG? 7

back, expect your things in another, slightly different place.

Putting your things on a chair is not a good idea, as there will always be someone who wants
to sit down. On a table is also not a good idea, because people will tend to use the table, so
they will just move your things to empty a place for themselves. The best thing to do is put
your things on a bookcase, or put them inside a desk or a bag, and leave it around! Don't
worry, nothing will happen to them; it's just going to save you a lot of time looking later on.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #23 - MAYBE I T 'S I NS I DE T HE BAG? 8

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #24
What's Behind Your House?

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
3 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
5 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
6 Cultural Insight

# 24
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬إﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺟﻨﺐ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗــﺮﻳـﺐ ﻣﻦ وﺳﻂ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻈـﺒـْﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻴﻦ وﻻ ﺷﻤﺎل اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪام اﻟﺒﺎب ‪ ،‬أﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ أول وﻻ ﻓﻲ آﺧـﺮ اﻟﺸـﺎرع ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨـﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻷول وﻻ اﻵﺧـﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ورا ﺑﻴﺘـﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ اﻳﻪ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ورا ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺎدي ﻛﺒﻴﺮ و ﺣﻠﻮ ﻗﻮي‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫إﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﻈﻮظ ﻋﺸﺎن ﺑﻴﺘـَﻚ ﻣﺶ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬إﻧﺖَ ﺳﺎﻛِﻦ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺟَﻨﺐ اﻟﺠﺎﻣِﻌَﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗـُـ ﺮَﻳـِّﺐ ﻣِﻦ وِﺳﻂ اﻟ َﺒﻠَﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ ﺑِﺎﻟﻈـَﺒـْﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻳِﻤﻴﻦ و ﻻ ﺷﻤﺎل اﻟﺠﺎﻣِﻌَﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻳِﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌَﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗُﺪّام اﻟﺒﺎب ‪ ،‬أَﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻛِﻦ ﻓﻮق ﻣَﻄﻌَﻢ ﻛَﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫?‪NEWBI E S 2 #24 - WHAT 'S BEHI ND YOUR HOUS E‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻲ أَوِّل و ﻻ ﻓﻲ آﺧـِﺮ اﻟﺸﺎرِع ؟‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .5

.‫ ﻣِﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻷوِّل و ﻻ اﻵﺧـِﺮ‬، ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨـُﺺ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

‫وَرا ﺑﻴﺘـَﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ اِﻳﻪ ؟‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .7

.‫وَرا ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺎدي ﻛَﺒﻴﺮ و ﺣِﻠﻮ ﻗَﻮي‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .8

! ‫إﻧﺖ ﻣَﺤﻈﻮظ ﻋَﺸﺎن ﺑﻴﺘـَﻚ ﻣِﺶ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .9

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLH: yā Rūlānd, ʾinta sākin fīn ?

2. RŪLĀND: ganb ʾil-gāmʿh, orayyib min wisṭ ʾilbalad

3. HĀLH: fīn biẓẓabṭ, yimīn wallā šimāl ʾil-gāmʿh ?

4. RŪLĀND: yimīn ʾil-gāmʿh, oddām ʾil-bāb, ʾnā sākin fūʾ maṭʿam kibīr

5. HĀLH: fī ʾwwil wallā fī ʾaḫir ʾiššāriʿ ?

6. RŪLĀND: fī ʾinnuṣ, miš fī ʾil-ʾwwil wallā ʾil-ʾaḫir

7. HĀLH: warā bītak fīh ʾih ?

8. RŪLĀND: warā bītī fīh nādī kibīr w ḥilw ʾwī

9. HĀLH: ʾnta maḥẓūẓ ʿašān bītak miš biʿīd !

ENGLISH
CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #24 - WHAT 'S BEHI ND YOUR HOUS E? 3

1. HALA: Roland, where do you live?

2. ROLAND: Next to the university, close to downtown.

3. HALA: Where, exactly? On the right or the left of the university?

4. ROLAND: On the right of the university, in front of the gate (door). I live above
a big restaurant.

5. HALA: At the beginning or the end of the street?

6. ROLAND: In the middle, not at the beginning or the end.

7. HALA: What's behind your house?

8. ROLAND: Behind my house there is a very nice, big sporting club.

9. HALA: You are lucky because your house is not far away!

VOCABULARY

A r abic R omanization English C lass

close to (Egyptian
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ‬ ʾurayyib min place expression
Arabic)

right (Egyptian
‫ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬ yimīn place expression
Arabic)

‫ﺷﻤﺎل‬ šimāl left (Egyptian Arabic) noun

in front of (Egyptian
‫ﻗﺪام‬ place expression
ʾuddām Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #24 - WHAT 'S BEHI ND YOUR HOUS E? 4

 middle, half
‫ﻧﺺ‬ nuṣṣ (Egyptian Arabic) place expression

last, the end

‫آﺧﺮ‬ place expression
ʾāḫir (Egyptian Arabic)

behind (Egyptian
‫ورا‬ warā place expression
Arabic)

SAMPLE SENTENCES

. ‫اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻐﻞ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﻄﻌﻢ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬

el-bīt ʾurayyib min el-šuġl . el-maṭʿam yimīn el-gāmʿah.

The house is close to work. (Egyptian The restaurant is on the right to the
Arabic) university. (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮس ﺷﻤﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺎب‬ .‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺪام اﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬

el-qāmūs šimāl el-kitāb. el-ʿarabiyyah ʾuddām el-bīt.

The dictionary is to the left of the book. The car is in front of the house. (Egyptian
(Egyptian Arabic) Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺺ اﻟﺸﺎرع‬ .‫اﻟﻨﺎدي ﻓﻲ آﺧﺮ اﻟﺸﺎرع‬

el-madrasah fī nuṣṣ el-šāriʿ. el-nādī fī ʾāḫir el-šāriʿ.

The school is in the middle of the street. The club is at the end of the street.
(Egyptian Arabic) (Egyptian Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻘﻬﻮة ورا اﻹﺳﺘﺎد‬

el-ʾahwah warā el-ʾistād.

The café is behind the stadium. (Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. biẓẓabṭ

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #24 - WHAT 'S BEHI ND YOUR HOUS E? 5

This means "exactly," or "sharp." If we want to say "it's two o'clock sharp," then we will say
ʾitnīn biẓẓabṭ. And if someone is talking, and you agree with them, you can just say biẓẓabṭ, in
this case, "exactly."

2. Nādī

This means "club" to Egyptians. Foreigners may understand it as a nightclub, a place where
you can go to get a drink and listen to music. Here, a "club" is nothing like that. For us, it refers
to a sports club, an open area with a lot of space, a lot of trees, and maybe a small park where
you can play some sports. A nightclub or any place that you can go for a drink we call a "bar"
or "disco." Because we don't have many of them, there is no need to give them different
names.

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson Is on Using More Place Expressions

‫ ﻓ ﻲ أول وﻻ ﻓ ﻲ آﺧ ـِ ﺮ اﻟ ﺸ ـّﺎ رع ؟‬:‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬
"At the beginning or the end of the street?"

In this lesson, we have more place expressions, but we are going to focus on three of them:
ʾwwil, ʾaḫir, and nuṣ. If we say "at the beginning of the street," it will be fī ʾwwil ʾiššāriʿ. In this
case, we add the definite article to the noun itself, or our main place, but if we are saying "at
the beginning," it will be fī ʾil-ʾwwil. In this case, we moved el to the place expression itself.

Another example with the word ʾaḫir, which means "end" or "last," is if we say fi ʾil-aḫir, it
simply means "the end." It could be at the end of the street or the end of the building, but if we
are being more specific, saying "at the end of the street," the el will move to the noun, and the
place expression will not carry it anymore. So it will be fī ʾaḫir ʾiššāriʿ.

The same thing applies to nuṣ. If we say ʾnā fī ʾinnuṣ ("I'm in the middle"), depending on the
conversation, this could be "I'm in the middle of the street (or the square, the club, the
restaurant, etc.)," but if we are saying "I'm in the middle of the street," it will be nā fī nuṣ iššāriʿ.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

El-zahma! Caught Up in Crowded Cairo

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #24 - WHAT 'S BEHI ND YOUR HOUS E? 6

El-zahma is a word you will always hear; it literally means "overcrowding" or "crowdedness,"
but we use it as an adjective as well to describe any place that is over packed, busy, or
teeming with people. It's a great word. We can say "the streets are zahma," "the people are
zahma," "the restaurants are zahma," "the train is zahma," as Cairo is incredibly busy city, with
over twenty-eight million people. The city itself is not very big, considering we have that many
people in it; it should be much larger, and it's not! So if you think of the number of people that
are in one place all together at the same time, the number of people per square meter, it will
be a very high ratio. You need to get used to a lot of cars, a lot of people, a lot of zahma!

It also means you need to know your directions very well, because you won't know where
you're going most of the time. And when people give you directions, they will do it in a very
strange way that might make you feel dizzy just hearing it. It's better to get directions for where
you're going beforehand, as a lot of times people don't know the street names or where they
are. But you learn, and it's fun to get lost and try to find your way; you can discover a lot of
treasures by getting lost in Cairo. Plus, people are extremely friendly and helpful, so if you just
ask for their help, they will help you and even take you to the place you're going to, even if it's
not on their way. They will make sure you get there okay; it's as if you became their personal
responsibility. People might also ask you where you're going even if you don't ask for
directions; it's an Egyptian habit.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #24 - WHAT 'S BEHI ND YOUR HOUS E? 7

LESSON NOTES

Newbie S2 #25
Inside My Bag There Is a Small Chair

CONTENTS
2 Egyptian Arabic
2 Vowelled Egyptian Arabic
3 Egyptian Romanization
4 English
4 Vocabulary
5 Sample Sentences
6 Vocabulary Phrase Usage
6 Grammar
7 Cultural Insight

# 25
COPYRIGHT © 2013 INNOVATIVE LANGUAGE LEARNING. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 ‫‪EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺤﺖ ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺷـﻨـﻄـﺘﻲ ؟ و ﻛﻤﺎن ﺗـﺤـﺘـﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﻨﻄﺔ ؟ أﻧﺎ ﻣﺶ ﻋﺎرف‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤـﻜـﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬و ﺗـﺤـﺘـﻪ ﻛـﺮﺳﻲ ﺻـﻐـﻴـﺮ ﻟﻮ إﻧﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﻷ ﺷـﻜﺮاً ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻨـﻄـﺘﻲ ﺟـﻮاﻫﺎ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﺻـﻐـﻴـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫دي ﻓﻜﺮة ﻛﻮﻳﺴﺔ ﻗﻮي !‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓـﻜـﺮة ‪ ،‬درﺳـﻨﺎ اﻟﻨـﻬﺎردة ﻣﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ زي ﻛـﻞ ﻳﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻣـﻜـﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗــﺪاﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻤـﻄـﻌﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎم‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺮا ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.9‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻔﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ !‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.10‬‬

‫‪VOWELLED EGYPTIAN ARABIC‬‬

‫ﻟَﻮ ﺳَﻤَﺤﺖ ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻤﻜِﻦ ﺷـَﻨـْﻄـِﺘﻲ ؟ و ﻛَﻤﺎن ﺗـَﺤـْﺘـَﻬﺎ ﻛِﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﺸَﻨﻄَﺔ ؟ أَﻧﺎ ﻣِﺶ ﻋﺎرِف‪.‬‬ ‫روﻻﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻋﺎﻳِﺰ‬
‫ﻋَﻠﻰ اﻟﻤـَﻜـْﺘَﺐ ‪ ،‬و ﺗـَﺤـْﺘـُﻪ ﻛـُﺮﺳﻲ ﺻـُﻐـَﻴـَّﺮ ﻟَﻮ إﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫‪CONT'D OVER‬‬

‫‪ARABI [Link]‬‬ ‫‪NEWBI E S 2 #25 - I NS I DE MY BAG T HERE I S A S MALL CHAI R‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
 .‫ ﺷـَﻨـْﻄـِﺘﻲ ﺟـُﻮّاﻫﺎ ﻛُﺮﺳﻲ ﺻـُﻐـَﻴـّﺮ ﻋَﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل‬، ً‫ﻷَ ﺷـُﻜﺮا‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .4

! ‫دي ﻓِﻜ ﺮَة ﻛُﻮَﻳﺴﺔ ﻗَﻮِي‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .5

‫ دَرﺳـِﻨﺎ اﻟﻨـَﻬﺎردَة ﻣَﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔَﺼﻞ زَي ﻛـُﻞ ﻳَﻮْم‬، ‫ﻋَﻠﻰ ﻓـِﻜـْ ﺮَة‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .6

‫ ﺑَﺲ ﻓﻴﻦ ؟‬، ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻲ‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .7

.‫ ﻗـﺪاﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻤـَﻄـْﻌَﻢ‬، ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣـَﻜـْﺘَﺒﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻣِﻌَﺔ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .8

.‫ ﺷُﻜﺮاً ﻳﺎ روﻻﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺗَﻤﺎم‬ :‫ﻫﺎﻟَﺔ‬ .9

! ‫ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻌﻔﻮ‬ :‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬ .10

EGYPTIAN ROMANIZATION

1. HĀLH: law samaḥt yā Rūlānd, mumkin šanṭitī ? wi kamān taḥtahā kitabī

2. RŪLĀND: Fīn eššanṭh ? ʾnā miš ʿārif

3. HĀLH: ʿalā ʾil-maktab, wi taḥtu kursī ṣuḍayyar law ʾinta ʿāyiz

4. RŪLĀND: laʾ šukran, šanṭitī guwwahā kursī ṣuḍayyar ʿalā ṭūl

5. HĀLH: dī fikrh kuwayyish awī !

6. RŪLĀND: ʿalā fikrh, darsinā ʾinnahārdh miš fī ʾil-faṣl zay kul yūm

7. HĀLH: māšī, bas fīn?

CONT'D OVER

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #25 - I NS I DE MY BAG T HERE I S A S MALL CHAI R 3

8. RŪLĀND: fī maktabit ʾiggāmʿh, oddʿmhʿ ʾi-maḥʿam

9. HĀLH: šukran yā Rūlānd

10. RŪLĀND: ʾil-ʿafw- maʿa ʾissalāmh dilwaʾtī !

ENGLISH

1. HALA: Excuse me, Roland, can I have my bag? Also, under it is my book.

2. ROLAND: Where is the bag? I don't know.

3. HALA: On the desk, and below it is a small chair if you want.

4. ROLAND: No thank you, inside my bag there is a small chair all the time.

5. HALA: That's a very good idea!

6. ROLAND: By the way, our lesson today is not in the class like every day.

7. HALA: Okay, but where?

8. ROLAND: At the university library; in front of it is the restaurant.

9. HALA: Very well. Thanks, Roland.

10. ROLAND: You're welcome. Bye for now!

VOCABULARY

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #25 - I NS I DE MY BAG T HERE I S A S MALL CHAI R 4

 A r abic R omanization English C lass Ge nde r

‫ﺗﺤﺖ‬ taḥt below, under adverb

inside (Egyptian
‫ﺟـﻮه‬ guwwah preposition
Arabic)

‫درس‬ dars class, lesson noun masculine

‫ﻓﺼـﻞ‬ faṣl class noun masculine

in front of
(Egyptian place
‫ﻗﺪام‬ ʾuddām
Arabic) expression

now (Egyptian
‫دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ‬ dilwaʾtī adverb
Arabic)

small (Egyptian
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬ adjective masculine
ṣuġayyar Arabic)

I want (Egyptian
‫ﻋﺎﻳﺰ‬ phrase masculine
ʿāyiz Arabic)

‫ﻓﻜﺮة‬ fikrah idea noun feminine

SAMPLE SENTENCES

.‫اﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻴﺰة‬ .‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﺟـﻮه اﻟﺸﻨﻄﺔ‬

el-ʾuṭṭah taḥt el-tarābīzah. el-kitāb guwwah el-šanṭah.

The cat is under the table. (Egyptian The book is inside the bag. (Egyptian
Arabic) Arabic)

.‫إﺣـﻨﺎ راﻳـﺤﻴﻦ اﻟﺪرس دﻟـﻮﻗـﺘﻲ‬ .‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ و ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃـﻼب ﻛﺘﻴﺮ‬

ʾiḥnā rāyḥīn el-dars dilwaʾtī. el-faṣl kibīr wi fīh ṭullāb kitīr.

We are going to the lesson now. (Egyptian The class is big and has a lot of students
Arabic) in it. (Egyptian Arabic)

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #25 - I NS I DE MY BAG T HERE I S A S MALL CHAI R 5

 .‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺪام اﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎم دﻟﻮﻗﺘﻲ؟‬
el-ʿarabiyyah ʾuddām el-bīt. hiyya el-sāʿah kām dilwaʾtī?

The car is in front of the house. (Egyptian What time is it now? (Egyptian Arabic)
Arabic)

.‫اﻟﻄﺒﻖ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ رﺧﻴﺺ‬ .‫ﻋﺎﻳﺰ أوﺿﺔ‬

el-ṭabaʾ el-ṣuġayyar riḫīṣ. ʿāyiz ʾūḍah.

The small plate is cheap. (Egyptian Arabic) I want a room. (Egyptian Arabic)

‫دي ﻓﻜﺮة ﻛﻮﻳﺴﺔ ﻗﻮي‬

dī fikrah kwayyisah ʾawī

This is a very good idea.(Egyptian Arabic)

VOCABULARY PHRASE USAGE

1. fikrh, ʿalā fikrh

Fikrh alone means "idea," but when we add ʿalā before it, the meaning completely changes
and we get ʿalā fikrh, which means "by the way." Always remember, sometimes it's better not
to try to figure out the meaning of an expression we use, because trying to break it up may
give you a completely different, incorrect, funny meaning!

2. ʿalā ṭūl

This is an expression that means "all the time," "always," and "directly." It depends on the
context where it's used. For example "I always do that" or "I'm going to do it directly after work,"
or as a place expression, "Please go straightaway."

GRAMMAR

The Focus of This Lesson Is Joining Place Expressions with Suffixes

‫ ﻗـ ـُﺪ اﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻤ ـَﻄ ـْ ﻌ ﻢ‬، ‫ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ـَﻜ ـْ ﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻣ ﻌﺔ‬:‫روﻻﻧﺪ‬
"At the university library; in front of it is the restaurant."

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #25 - I NS I DE MY BAG T HERE I S A S MALL CHAI R 6

This is something interesting that we use a lot in Arabic-we join the place expression with the
suffix, and we get either a sound of -o or -ha at the end, depending on whether the noun is
masculine or feminine. For example, when we say "in front of the house," or "in front of 'it,'"
keep in mind that "house" is masculine, "in front of" is ommad, and we will add the -o
(masculine) sound at the end, so it will be oddamu. With a feminine noun, we will do the
same, but instead adding -ha, so it will be oddamha.

We apply this rule with all place expressions, and we use it quite a lot. Always remember -o
for masculine and -ha, for feminine; the suffix depends on the noun, not the speaker.

CULTURAL INSIGHT

Where's "It"? Another Difference Between Arabic and English

When going somewhere and getting lost, you will be asking people for directions. People will
describe the place using a strange form, by saying "it" a lot, and as a result, you will either
hear -o or -ha at the end of the place expression. It takes time to get used to it, as it's not
common in English and many other languages, but in Arabic, we use it quite a lot.

ARABI [Link] NEWBI E S 2 #25 - I NS I DE MY BAG T HERE I S A S MALL CHAI R 7

 Intro 13 Keep the Rest for You!
1 How Are You? 14 Who's Book?
2 Pleased to Meet You! 15 These Are Students at the University
3 I Want a Room! 16 Arabic Possessive Pronouns: This is My Book!
4 Is There Breakfast and Lunch? 17 Where is Your Arabic Class?
5 Do You Have a Cell Phone (Number)? 18 Where is Their Arabic Class?
6 Do You Have Another Phone (Number)? 19 Is This Your Photo?
7 At the Fruit Stand 20 This is Their Picture at School
8 How Much is the Kilo? 21 How Many Students in Your Class?
9 Do You Have Fresh Vegetables? 22 How Long is the Arabic Lesson?
10 I Want Vegetables 23 Maybe it's Inside the Bag?
11 They Have Good Food and It's Not Expensive! 24 What's Behind Your House?
12 Do You Have Lebanese Salad? 25 Inside My Bag There Is a Small Chair

©2016 Innovative Language Learning, LLC (P)2015 Innovative

Language Learning, LLC presented by [Link]